Salinas Tiller Proposal Package - 01 May 24 — Salinas City Council, May 7, 2024 (part 1 of 2)

PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF SALINAS

One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.
100' Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial

Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
▪ Supporting Documents (If Applicable)
◦ Electrical Analysis
◦ Turning Radius Report
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstateﬁre.com
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT
PROPOSAL1

OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT

This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms

Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($377,576.37) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Salinas
65 W. Alisal Street, Suite 210
Salinas, CA 93901
Sales Consultant
Dewayne Young
[email protected]
Mobile: (209) 777-0650

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“ GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the " Product”) to CITY OF SALINAS (“Customer ”) for consideration. This proposal (this “ Product Proposal ”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions ”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications ”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List ”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Agreement ”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (a s defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “ Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “ Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as sp ecified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Gr and Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 05/01/2024 05/02/2024 @ 12:00
PM P.S.T. 40501-24AT 942 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
PMI, ID #251,
Member #2424

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 100’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial 2,156,000.00 B Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (344,750.00) C SUBTOTAL 1,811,250.00
D 9.25% State Sales Tax 167,540.63
E California Tire Fee 14.00
F 100% Performance Bond 4,861.00
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,983,665.63

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing , the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 48.5 to 51.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1.5 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiratio n Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product P roposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attest ation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 05/01/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 40501-24AT to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date

OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP

This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Salinas
65 W. Alisal Street, Suite 210
Salinas, CA 93901
Sales Consultant
Dewayne Young
[email protected]
Mobile: (209) 777-0650

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “ Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above ( or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions .

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing , the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 05/01/2024 05/02/2024 @ 12:00
PM P.S.T. 40501-24BT 942 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

Sourcewell #113021-
OKC, ID #251,
Member #2424

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. 100’ Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial 2,156,000.00 B 9.25% State Sales Tax 199,430.00
C California Tire Fee 14.00
D 100% Performance Bond 5,798.00
E GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 2,361,242.00

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 48.5 to 51.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 05/01/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 40501-24BT to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation ,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to d elivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List.
d. “Delivery Date” means the Product Completion timeframe plus the Predelivery Service timeframe equals the Delivery Date.
e. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Pre paration under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
f. “Grand Total Purchase Price ” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s).
g. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. h. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product . i. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. j. “Predelivery Service” means the Products and/or Services that will be provided by GSFA after transportation of the Product(s) from the manufacturing facility and prior to Final Delivery or Pick -Up. k. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal).
l. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
m. “Product Completion” means the fire apparatus(es) in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications being ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility. n. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
o. “Product Warranties ” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
p. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. q. “Terms and Conditions ” means these Standard Terms and Conditions , which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.

a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product a t the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions) , pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars.

b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order (s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items 2 or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date).

c. Prepayment Discount . If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “ Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount . Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in : (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late f ee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.

d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of d elivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date . Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal) . Due to global supply chain constra ints, any P roduct completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal , or otherwise provided to Customer , is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as -is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (1 0) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period , the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of d elivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date) , or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time 3 of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product , and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.

a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal . Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is , notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon d elivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasona bly satisfactory to GSFA . If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered mu ltiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.

b. Inspection and Acceptance . Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial non- conformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“ Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications ”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of d elivery, the Product will be d eemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.

a. Change Orders . The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto , which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficien t to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion) ; and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response . In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes t o the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon d elivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9.

4 b. Additional Changes.

i. Component Price Volatility ; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer. GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by t he Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from a ny price increases for major components of the Product (including all associated taxes and fees thereon) for the Product or any Manufacturer Price Increases occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increases the cost of the Product to GSFA , and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly . Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then-current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “ PPI-Based Price Increase”). If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product Order in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non- reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order.

ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA , and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.

iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15 ) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accord ance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination , failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.

c. Changes in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not b e liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.

a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) afte r the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA , 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “ Product Purchase Price ”); (b) after completion of the p re- construction phase of the order process , 20% of the Product Purchase Price ; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding 5 any Dealer Preparation or other pre -delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation , as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.

b. By GSFA . GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the A greement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9 .b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.

c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer . In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and d elivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated . Such Agreement termination or Product termination , as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product . For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c .

10. Customer’s Obligations . Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility .

11. Representations and Warranties . Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations 6 of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances , purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives , and fundi ng for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

12. Standard Warranty . All applicable M anufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties . Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties .

a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION) , WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE , AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES.

b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages . In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement , indemnity, whether resulting from non- delivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure t o pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party u nder the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g ) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA . Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA ).

The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the P arties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor , supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed 7 products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terror ism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or t o such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16 , by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certifi ed mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin . It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“ MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directive s. Notwithstanding the for egoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self- registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other P arty.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments . The Agreement, including t he Product Proposal, its exhibits, and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein. No change in, modi fication of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 Proposal Details Report
OptionCode
Type
Option
ProposalText
0766599
Boiler Plates, Tiller

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.
is pleased to submit a proposal to
Salinas Fire Department
for
a
Pierce® Tractor-Drawn Aerial Ladder
per your request for quotation. The following
paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed.

This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in
1913
. Since then we have been building bodies with
one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over
75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than
62,500
apparatus, including more than
33,900
on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000
total square feet of floor space
situated on approximately
105
acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has
300,000
square
feet of floor space situated on approximately
38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D

1.1-2004
recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D

1.2-2003
requirements for structural
welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B

2.1-2000

requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000
and is performed to American Welding Society standards A

5.20 -E
70 T
1 . Furthermore, all
employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (
3 ) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001
. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least five (
5 )
fire
departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty.

A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the
apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (
1 )
39 -minute, professionally produced
apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 5/1/2024
Customer:

Salinas Fire Department
Bid Number:
942
Representative
Young, Dewayne
Job Number:

Requirements Manager:

Organization:

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Description:
100' Tiller (duplicate to 28976)
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis, Tractor (Tiller)
Body:

Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body
1 942
Bid #:

ten (
10 ) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than
50 percent on the front axle, and not less than
50 percent nor more than
75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Services
by
operating in conjunction with
a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within
one hundred fifty (
150
) miles
of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000
square
feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000
in parts dedicated to
service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel,
dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a
24 hour
7 day a week toll free hot line,
four (
4 ) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury
$1,000,000
General Aggregate
$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit:
$1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate:
$3,000,000
Each Occurrence:
$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other insurance
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a
30 -day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years following
acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate
$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years following
acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$25,000,000
Aggregate:
$25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other insurance
2 942
Bid #:

requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0018180
Single Source Compliance, Aerials

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer.

Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. 0584456
Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452
RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609
Vehicle Destination, US
0670275
Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 28976
. However, some
variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0816491
Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA
2024

STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1 ,
2024
, except for fire
department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than

48.00 "
above the ground must be defined by a

1.00 " wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533349
Aerial Fire Apparatus

0588613
Vehicle Certification, Aerial w/o Pump

3 942
Bid #:

0681279
Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Aerial w/o Pump, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the
aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly.

Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders.

On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted:

Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E
709
and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial
device.

A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E 165
and be
performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.

Ultrasonic inspection will be conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components.

In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989
,
Standard on
Breathing Air
Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0816495
Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA
1900
standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be
third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0092138
Highly Customized Product (HCP)

PRODUCT CHANGES AND IMPROVEMENTS
Our components and processes, as described in this proposal document, are as accurate as known at the time of bid submission, but are subject to change for the purpose of product or process improvements, or changes in industry standards providing the change does not affect the meaning or definition of the bid specifications.
4 942
Bid #:

0536644
Customer Service Website

AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE
Pierceparts.com will provide
Pierce authorized dealer
access to comprehensive information
pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips.

Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service.

The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level:

My Fleet Screen
The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc.

Parts Screens
The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing.

Warranty Screen
The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement.

My Reports Screens
The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts.

Technical Support Screens
The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided.

Training
The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided.

About Pierce
Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible.
0766110
Consortium, Sourcewell

0535579
Not Required, Unit of Measure, (no
pump, no tank)
0030006
Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5 percent bid bond to
accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570
. The
bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty, and for the
prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety
bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
5 942
Bid #:

0816574
Performance Bond, 100% with
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond, PPI Terms

PERFORMANCE BOND,
1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100
percent
of the total contract amount within
30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570
) with a minimum A.M. Best
Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One ( 1 ) Year Limited
Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to
100
percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory
acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (
1 ) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID
6112
] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of

5.0%
or more
between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the
then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over

5.0%
for each year or fractional year between the Order
Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.
0000007
Approval Drawing

APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0517327
Drawing, As Built, At Delivery a
Revised Print w/ Changes

FINAL DRAWING
There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup.
0002928
Electrical Diagrams

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (
2 ) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0626490
Enforcer Chassis, Tractor (Tiller)

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer
™
is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0523786
Angle of Approach

ANGLE OF APPROACH
The angle of approach will be

15.5 degrees
degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a
loaded
state.
0523787
Angle of Departure

ANGLE OF DEPARTURE
The angle of departure will be
11 degrees
degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a
loaded
state.
0000110
Wheelbase

WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be
166.00
"
.
0000070
GVW Rating

GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be
76,600#
.
6 942
Bid #:

0729280
Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (
2 ) steel channels bolted to five (
5 ) cross members or
more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a

13.38 " tall web over
the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to

10.75 " over the rear
axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of

25.992
cubic inches and a resisting bending
moment (rbm) of
3,119,040
in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of

18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of
2,275,200
in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails
will be constructed of
120,000
psi yield strength heat-treated

0.38 " thick steel with

3.50 " wide
flanges.
0889469
Frame Liner, "C/Inv L" 12.50" x 3.00"
x .25", AXT/Vel/Imp/Enf, 56" QVal

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring

12.50 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the front portion of the liner, stepping to

9.38 " x

3.00 " x

0.25 " through the
rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of

13.58 cubic inches, yield
strength of
110,000
psi, and rbm of
1,494,042
in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be
4,391,869
in-lb.

The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame.
0630705
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-
4 ® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of
19,500
lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of
100,000
-psi yield strength
8630
steel and the lower control arm casting will be
made of
55,000
-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000
-psi yield strength
steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (
9 ) grease fittings supplied, one (
1 ) on each control arm pivot and one (
1 ) on
the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to
45 degrees.
0030264
Suspension, Front TAK-4, 19,500 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-
4 ™
independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of
19,500
lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least

10.00 " of total wheel travel and a
minimum of

3.75 " before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within
15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000
miles of
inner city driving.
0087572
Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322
Oil Seals, Front Axle

FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0582936
Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA,
315/80R22.50, 20 ply

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear®
315/80
R

22.50 radials,
20 ply G
289
WHA tread, rated for
20,400
lb
maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0019575
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
7 942
Bid #:

0530461
Axle, Rear, Meritor RS30-185, 31,000
lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor
™,
Model RS-
30-185
, with a capacity of
31,000
lb.
0544244
Top Speed of Vehicle, 60 MPH/96
KPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 mph/
96 KPH.
0555352
Suspen, Rear, Hendrickson FMX 312
EX, Air Ride, 31,000 lb

REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Hendrickson FMX
312
EX, air ride with a ground rating of
31,000
lb.

The suspension will have the following features:
- Heavy-duty shock absorbers to protect air springs from overextension - Heavy-duty torque rods and bushings
- Premium, heavy-duty rubber bushings require no lubrication - Integrated stabilizer design results in greater stability - Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality - Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side 0000485
Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0585004
Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G289 WHA,
315/80R22.50, 20 ply, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (
4 ) Goodyear
315/80
R

22.50 radials with
20 ply G
289
WHA tread, rated for
36,360
lb maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0641529
Wheels, Rear, Accuride, 22.50" x

9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single

The tires will be mounted on Accuride® 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0568081
Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620570
Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Single Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure
™
tire alert pressure management system provided,
that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of
eight (
8 ) tires
.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between
10 and
200
psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops
5 to
8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0003245
Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0003246
Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Tiller Axle
HUB COVERS (Tiller Axle)
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the tiller trailer axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0012045
Mud Flap, Rear, Pierce Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the rear wheels. 0020257
Mud Flap, Tiller Trailer, Pierce Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps will be installed behind the tiller trailer wheels of the apparatus. 0601010
Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
Aerials

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be
two (
2 ) pairs
of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc
wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0690999
Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal, Angle Mount

Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be
two (
2 ) pairs
of Ziamatic SQCH-
44 -H horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets
provided for the Ziamatic SAC-
44 -E folding wheel chocks.

The brackets will be mounted
one pair under D
7 and the other pair shipped loose
. The brackets
will be mounted on an angle, with the "stop" down and opening up. 8 942
Bid #:

0822289
ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System,
Single Axle, Tiller, NFPA 1900

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco tractor
4 S
4 M and tiller tractor
2 S
2 M anti-lock braking
system. The ABS will provide a four (
4 ) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front, rear tractor axle, and a two (
2 ) channel system on the tiller axle. It will be a digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology to control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL
An anti-slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an electronic differential lock which will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. An "Off-road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud.
0030185
Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a

17.00 " ventilated rotor for improved
stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0803729
Brakes, Meritor, Cam, Rear, 16.50 x

8.63" No Dust Shield
The rear brakes will be Meritor
™ 16.50"
x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters.

Dust shields cannot be provided.
0020784
Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with

18.7 cubic feet per minute output.
0637584
Brake Reservoirs, 5,376 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of
5,376
cubic inches
Two (
2 ) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below
60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at
40 psi
A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below
80 psi (
550
kPa)
1/4
turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be
gloss black
#101
.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0568012
Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver
1200, Heater, 2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver
1200
with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and
100

watt heater.
0000790
Brake Lines, Nylon

BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0813346
Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (
1 ) air inlet/outlet
will be installed with the female coupling located
in the driver side lower
step well of cab
. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an
85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a needle valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure. 9 942
Bid #:

0643363
Outlet, Air, with Shut Off Valve,
Location

AIR OUTLET
Two (
2 ) air outlets
will be installed with a female coupling located
below D
6 and P
7 just rear of the
stabilizer pads with dust covers
. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system, include an
85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air, and include a quarter turn shut off valve mounted at the tank. The valve and hoses will be mounted to the tank as high as possible to ensure maximum clearance and protect the lines from being damaged by brush and rocks during off-road operations. 0070810
All Wheel Lockup (Aerial/Tanker
Chassis)

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only.

The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear. 0797636
Air Tanks, Special Location, Tiller

AIR TANK, SPECIAL LOCATION
Due to space constraints,
one (
1 )
air tanks will be located
relocate standard chassis air tanks due
to full depth reservoir compartment
.
0607839
Fittings, Compression Type, Entire
Apparatus, Single Axle Tiller

COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY
Any nylon hose on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable.
0808497
Engine, Cummins X15, 565 hp, 1850
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins®
Model:

X
15 Power:
565
hp at
1700
rpm
Torque:
1850
lb-ft at
1150
rpm
Governed Speed:
2100
rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA
2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (
6 )
Displacement:
912
cubic inches (

14.9 L)
Starter:

Delco
39 MT+
™
Fuel Filters:

Frame mounted spin-on style filter from Cummins®.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.

The engine will be filled with FA-
4 10
W
30 oil as required by Cummins.
0000000
STF
Engine Contingency Adjustment
0730808
Filters, Remote Mounted, Oil, Fuel,
X15, VEL/AXT/Enf

REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS
The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. 0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 10 942
Bid #:

0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low
setting
.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0552334
Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Horton
Drive Master

CLUTCH FAN
A Horton® fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. 0657451
Heater, 1500 Watt Immersion,
Thermostatically Controlled,
Shoreline

ENGINE HEATER
A
1,500
watt,
120
volt, immersion type engine heater will be installed. The AC power inlet will be connected to the shoreline. The heater is thermostatically controlled. 0644573
Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 0814375
Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with
the body rub rail
. The exhaust pipes will be
aluminized steel
.

There will be
an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser
with
a standard straight tip on the end
provided
to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0816172
Adapter, Exhaust, Plymovent
Bladder, for 6" or 7" Diffuser Outlet

EXHAUST MODIFICATION
An adapter for the Plymovent bladder exhaust extraction system will be provided on the end of the tail pipe.
0788765
Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of
1060
square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be made of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief
cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090
Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
11 942
Bid #:

0565944
Fuel Tank, 50 Gallon, Left Side Rear
Fill, Tractor Chassis, Sgl Axle

FUEL TANK
A
50 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank will be constructed of
12 -gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A .
75 " drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side rear of the chassis on the vertical portion of the fender skirting area. The inlet will be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only".

A .
50 " diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet.

The tank will meet all FHWA
393.67
requirements, including a fill capacity of
95 percent of tank
volume.
0001129
Lines, Fuel
All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0763582
DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill,
Forward of Rear Axle, Tiller

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A

4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle.

0.50 " drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged polished
stainless steel
door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only".

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the
event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716
Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0582243
Shutoff Valves, Fuel Line @ Primary
Filter, Cummins

FUEL SHUTOFF
A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. 0553019
Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0578959
Fuel/Water Separator, Racor Inline

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.
0887546
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison
6 th generation, Model EVS
4000
P, electronic, torque converting, automatic
transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (
2 ) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and
1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0625331
Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (
6 )-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1 st

3.51 to

1.00 2
nd

1.91 to

1.00 3
rd

1.43 to

1.00 4
th

1.00 to

1.00 5
th

0.75 to

1.00 6
th

0.64 to

1.00 R

4.80 to

1.00 0684459
Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
12 942
Bid #:

0522824
Mode, Downshift, Aggressive
downshift to 3rd, w/engine brake, 6
speed
DOWNSHIFT MODE (w/engine brake)
The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode.

This will provide earlier transmission downshifts to
3 rd gear from
6 th gear, resulting in improved
engine braking performance.
0801876
Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES- 668
heavy duty
synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375
Driveline, Spicer 1810

DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810
universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0669988
Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK-
4, Eaton Pump, w/Cooler

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M
110
, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN
20 , hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0605356
Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be

18.00 " in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4 -
spoke design.
0550144
Logo/Emblem, on Horn Button

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON
The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (
3 ) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (
8 ) characters in the first row,
11 characters in the second row and
11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:

EVERYBODY
The second row of text will be:

GOES
The third row of text will be:

HOME
0606186
Bumper, Non-Extended, Saber
FR/Enforcer
BUMPER
A one (
1 ) piece, ten (
10 ) gauge
304-2
B polished stainless steel bumper, minimum of

10.00 " high,
will be attached to the front of the chassis frame.

9.00 " formed steel channel will be mounted directly behind bumper for additional strength.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face.
0822502
Lift & Tow Package, Non-Extended
Bumper, SFR/Enforcer

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0522573
Tow Hooks Not Required, Due to Lift
and Tow Package

TOW HOOKS
No tow hooks are to be provided. This truck will be equipped with a lift and tow package with integral tow eyes.
13 942
Bid #:

0625650
Cab, Enforcer, 7000

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have
12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A
356
-T
5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be
constructed from

0.13 " wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two ( 2 )

2.00 " x

2.00 "
outer aluminum extrusions and two (
2 )

2.00 " x

1.00 " inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical
structural members will run from the floor to

4.625
" x

3.864
" x

0.090
" thick roof extrusions to
provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a

0.25 " thick
corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a

0.13 " firewall plate, covered with a

0.090
" front skin
(for a total thickness of

0.22 "), and reinforced with a full width x

0.50 " thick cross-cab support
located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the

0.13 " firewall plate, and the front
skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of

0.125
" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall
with an additional

0.25 " thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of

0.375
" of structural
material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two ( 2 ) triangular

0.30 " wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be

96.00 " wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be

70.00 " long.

The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately

99.00 ". The overall height
listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be

54.50 " in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure

46.00 " from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure

61.50 "
to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure

51.50 " to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A
3 -point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (
1 )-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775
square inches of clear
viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (
3 ) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (
3 ) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0727969
Engine Tunnel, X15, Mech Fasteners,
Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine tunnel side walls will be constructed of

0.375
" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125
" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a

1.00 " thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be - 40 degrees
Fahrenheit to
300
degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than

18.00 " off the crew cab floor.
0887601
Cab Insulation, Enforcer/Saber FR

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include

1.00 " insulation in the ceiling,

1.50 " insulation in the side walls, a minimum of

1.00 " insulation in the crew cab floor, and

2.00 " insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.
14 942
Bid #:

0633594
Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating

INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every

2.75 " to allow for
adjustability of the forward facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs change.
0632103
Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate
except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered .
0639726
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Unlocked Ind Light, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location. A "cab unlocked" indicator light will be located at the controls that will indicate when the cab is not in the locked position for safe road travel.

The cab will be capable of tilting
43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a
2 -point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0751131
Grille, Bright Finished, Painted Mesh
Screen, Front of Cab, Enforcer
GRILLE
An aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab. The mesh screen will be painted black
#101
.
0002224
Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a

1.00 "
polished stainless steel
scuffplate, mounted on
the striker side of the jamb.
0620047
Scuffplates, S/S Corner Guard,
Polished, Rear Cab Corners, 2"

SCUFFPLATES, REAR CAB CORNER GUARDS
Both rear cab corners will be furnished with a full height, polished stainless steel corner guard scuffplate. The guard will extend

2.00 " from the corner to protect paint from damage when pulling items (such as booster hose) around the cab.
0647932
Not Required, Trim, S/S Band, Across
Cab Face, AXT/Saber/Enforcer

0015440
No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0521669
Mirrors, Retrac, West Coast Style,
Htd/Rmt, w/Htd/Rmt Convex

MIRRORS
A Retrac, Model
613423
, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. 0072189
Mirror, 8.00" Convex, Cab Front,
Front Cross View

FRONT CROSS VIEW MIRROR
An

8.00 " diameter convex mirror will be provided over the officer's side front corner of the cab.

The mirror will provide the driver with a view of the front bumper and the area several feet in front of the truck.

The mirror housing, tubing, clamps, and hardware will be constructed of corrosion resistant stainless steel.
15 942
Bid #:

0648171
Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Level Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of

37.50 " wide x

63.37 " high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of

34.30 " wide x

63.37 " high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of

0.093
". The exterior door skins will be constructed from

0.090
" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be
chrome/black
. The exterior handle will be designed
specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide

4.00 " wide x

2.00 "
deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide

4.00 " wide x

1.25 " deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy
gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model
751
. The locks will be capable of activating
when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a

0.38 " pin and
11 gauge leaf will
be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
0655543
Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab

Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (
4 ) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one ( 1 ) flush mounted
automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four ( 4 ) switches, one (
1 ) to
control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second.
0528251
Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf, Dash CF

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control.

There will be one (
1 ) concealed switch located in an easily accessible chassis specific location that will unlock all the doors.
0528263
Key Pad, Electric Door locks, DS &
PS, QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf, Dash CF

KEY PAD FOR ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
For improved convenience, the cab door locks will include a Trimark keypad entry system to provide complete keyless entry to the cab. There will be two ( 2 ) keypads provided, located one
(
1 ) each side of the cab behind the front cab doors. The keypads will include visual and audio feedback to confirm activation and acknowledge correct entry code. For enhanced night time use, the keypads will be lighted. For increased security, the system will allow over 3,000
possible code
combinations.
0633615
Steps, 4-Door Cab, Reduced Bottom
Step, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two ( 2 ) step design to provide
largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum

25.00 " wide, and the
crew cab steps will be

21.65 " wide with an

8.00 " minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not
exceed

16.50 " in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be
aluminum treadplate
.
0770194
Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A

1.25 " diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 16 942
Bid #:

0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (
6 ) white LED step lights with
chrome housing
installed for cab and crew cab
access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the left access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0583698
Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0032086
Tractor 5th Wheel and Fender Skirts,
Single, Tiller, No Tire Chains

FIFTH WHEEL
The fifth wheel will be designed to allow the tiller trailer to pivot fore & aft and be rotated. The fifth wheel will also be capable of full operation up to a
14 degree break over angle.

A fifth wheel lockout system will be provided to limit motion during aerial operations.

The fifth wheel lockout system, when activated, will prevent movement between the upper and lower plates of the fifth wheel assembly.

In the normal road travel condition the cylinder mounted solenoid valves will be open and will allow transfer of oil between the front and rear pair of cylinders.

When the stabilizers are in their proper supporting position and as the aerial leaves the boom support, the solenoid valves will close.

The closed valves will allow no oil to be transferred and the fifth wheel assembly will become rigid.

A fill and a gauge port will be provided on the top of the trailer goose neck for maintenance.

FENDER PANELS
The chassis behind the cab will be assembled with fender panels over the wheels, running boards and steps for access to the turntable and decking over the frame rails.

The fender panels will be fabricated of .
125
"-
5052
aluminum with a
38,000
psi tensile strength.

Fender design will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The area over the frame rails between the cab and fifth wheel will be covered with aluminum treadplate to serve as a walkway area.

The walkway area will be properly reinforced with a steel substructure attached to the frame rails.

Running boards will be installed on each side directly behind the cab for access to the walkway area behind the cab and the turntable.

The running boards will be covered with aluminum treadplate. 0042105
No Windows, Side of Crew Cab

0725116
SP
Compt, Storage, 12.75 W x 28 H x 15
D, Ea Side C/C, Dbl Pan,2.5" Blw,70"
SFR/Enf

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage compartment.

The compartments will be

12.75 " wide x

28.00 " high x

15.00 " deep. The floor of the compartment
will extend

2.50 " below the cab.

There will be
two (
2 ) reverse hinged double pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-Ring latch, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab
. A
pneumatic stay arm for each exterior
door
will be provided as a door stop.

The compartment interior will be
painted to match the cab interior
.

Compartment Light
There will be
two (
2 ) white LED strip lights provided, one (
1 ) each hinged side of compartment
door openings
.
0594943
Inclinometer, In Cab, Location

INCLINOMETER
There will be
one (
1 )
inclinometer(s) provided to indicate the degree of elevation of the apparatus.

The inclinometer(s) will be located inside the cab
Side of HVAC enclosure, facing the driver
.
0809595
SP
Arm Rest, Side of Engine Tunnel,
Each

ARM REST ON SIDE OF ENGINE TUNNEL
There will be
two (
2 )
padded arm rest(s) provided on the side of the engine tunnel, One (
1 ) LS
and One (
1 ) RS of Engine Tunnel
. Each arm rest will be provided on a bracket that is painted to match the cab interior color. The arm rest padding will match the seat upholstery. 0619947
Lip, Dash Board, 1.00" Aluminum
Angle Lip, Officer Side

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING AREA
There will be an aluminum angle with a

1.00 " lip installed on the dash to prevent books helmets and other item from sliding off the dash panel.

The angle will run full length across flat portion of the dashboard in front of the officer.

The lip will be painted to match the cab interior.
17 942
Bid #:

0894089
Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of metal and
painted to match the cab interior
.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0606278
Tray, Equipment Mounting,
Aluminum, Lip, Size

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING TRAY(S)
There will be
one (
1 )
tray(s) for mounting of equipment located
on the mounting plate next to the
officer, allow room on passenger side for arm rest, match 28976
.

Each tray will have a

1.00 "
lip on four (
4 ) sides. The size of the tray(s) will be
13 'Wx
22 "Lx
1 "D
.

Each tray will be fabricated from aluminum and will be
painted to match the cab interior
.

Tray not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray will be permanently attached to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0634206
Mounting Provisions, 1/4" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Saber FR/Enforcer

MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.

A .
25 " smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel

1.00 "
to allow for wire routing below the plate.

The mounting surface will be
painted to match the cab interior
.
0750824
Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be
padded and covered, on the top and sides, with dark silver gray 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew .

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be
painted aluminum
.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be
36 oz black vinyl
.
0753903
Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted black, vinyl
texture paint
.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100
Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp ™
acoustical floor mat consisting
of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a

0.25 " thick closed cell foam (no water
absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 18 942
Bid #:

0722038
HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer, w/X15,
CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A
54,000
BTU heater-defroster unit with
690
SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The
heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (
1 ) adjustable outlet directed towards the left side cab window.

One (
1 ) adjustable outlet directed towards the right side cab window.

Six (
6 ) fixed outlets directed at the windshield.

The defroster will be capable of clearing
98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at
0 degrees Fahrenheit for
10 hours, and
a
2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J
382
requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be
one (
1 )
31,000
BTU auxiliary heater with
560
SCFM of air flow provided in each
outboard rear facing seat risers with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward positions .

Air Conditioning
A

19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a
78,000
BTU output at
2,400
SCFM that meets and exceeds the
performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to
match the cab roof
.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100

degrees Fahrenheit to
75 degrees Fahrenheit at
50 percent relative humidity within
30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100
degrees
Fahrenheit for a minimum of
4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (
1 ) high performance heating core, one (
1 ) high performance
cooling core with (
1 ) plenum directed to the front and one (
1 ) plenum directed to the rear of the
cab. The rear plenum will be covered with
a metal cover painted to match the cab interior
.

The evaporator unit will have a
52,000
BTU at
690
SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (
4 ) outlets directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab.

Four (
4 ) outlets directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:

Minimum of five (
5 ) outlets directed towards crew cab area.

A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be
secured with four (
4 ) screws
.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-
134
A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (
3 ) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and
air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to
100
percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located
within panel position
#12
.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (
2 ) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (
2 ) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
0639675
Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer

SUN VISORS
Two (
2 ) smoked Lexan
™
sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (
1 ) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be
a black plastic thumb latch
provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed
position.
0634328
Grab Handles, Driver and Officer
Door Posts, Saber FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,
12 volt DC,

3.00 " white LED light(s) with
Whelen, Model
3 FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 19 942
Bid #:

0631830
Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One ( 1 )
flush lift and turn
latch
will be provided on the access door.
0770893
Mounting Bracket, Map Box, Leveling

MAP BOX MOUNTING BRACKET
A bracket will be provided under the map box to keep it level on the engine tunnel. 0599959
Straps, Velcro, Map Box, Custom
Chassis

VELCRO STRAP(S) FOR MAP BOX
There will be
one (
1 )
Velcro® strap(s)
installed at final inspection
.
0013560
Map box, 5 bin/30 Deg Slant, AXT,
Imp/Vel, SFR/Enf

MAP BOX
A map box with five (
5 ) bins, open at the top, will be installed
RS EMS cabinet
0 n exterior inboard
side wall of cabinet (Match Job #
35932
)
with each bin being

12.50 " wide x

2.25 " high x

12.00 "
deep. Each bin will slant
30 degrees from horizontal. The map box will be constructed of . 125
"
aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0558014
Storage Pockets, Nylon Netting for
Safety Vests

STORAGE POCKET
There will be
two (
2 )
storage pockets provided for safety vests. Each pocket will be designed to accommodate one (
1 ) safety vest. The storage pockets will be located
under the forward facing
rear seats, one per side. Mount the netting on the actual seat riser not the bottom of the seat cushion.
. The pockets will be constructed of black nylon netting. The storage pocket will be approximately

9.00 " wide x

13.00 " high closed and

13.00 " wide when opened.
0583039
Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622617
Seating Capacity, 6 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be six (
6 ).
0636957
Seat, Driver, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf

DRIVER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (

6.00 " travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 "
deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0632923
Seat, Officer, Pierce PSV, Air Ride,
High Back, PRIMARY, SFR/Enf

OFFICER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle and
side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 "
deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0002517
Not Required, Radio Compartment
0748169
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x
30 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position.

The cabinet will be

26.75 " wide x

30.00 " high x

23.00 " deep.

The cabinet will include
no adjustable shelves or trays
in the cabinet interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will provide access only from outside the cab with one (
1 ) reverse hinged double pan
door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751
key
. The door will be
located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell. A
pneumatic stay arm
will be provided as a
door stop. The clear door opening will be

17.00 " wide x

27.50 " high.

The exterior access will be provided with
a brushed stainless steel scuffplate
on the lower door
frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the exterior cabinet door opening
. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 20 942
Bid #:

0102783
Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0748168
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x
30 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.

The cabinet will be

26.75 " wide x

30.00 " high x

22.00 " deep.

The cabinet will include
no adjustable shelves or trays
in the cabinet interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will also provide access from outside the cab with one (
1 ) reverse hinged double pan
door painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with #751
key
. A
pneumatic stay
arm
will be provided as a door stop. The exterior clear door opening will be

17.00 " wide x

27.50 "
high.

The exterior access will be provided with
a brushed stainless steel scuffplate
on the lower door
frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening
. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0632947
Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd,
Pierce PSV, SCBA, Foldup,
SECONDARY, SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of

15.00 " from the front of the
cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat back will be an SCBA style with
90 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable
from front to rear in

1.00 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0632657
Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, Ctr, (1) Pierce
PSV, SCBA, SECONDARY, SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing seat provided at the center position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

15.00 " deep foam cushion designed with EVC
(elastomeric vibration control).

The seat back will be an SCBA style with
90 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable
from front to rear in

1.00 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0632875
Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd,
Pierce PSV, Hi-Back, Foldup,
SECONDARY, SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For
optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of

15.00 " from the front of the cushion to the face of
the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0752005
Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides

LIP ON CABINET
There will be a

1.00 "
lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints
There will be
two (
2 )
cabinets(s) provided with the lip
On top of driver side and passenger side
rear facing EMS compartment
.
0748170
SP
Cabinet, Rear Facing, Top Eng Tnl,
38 W x 15 H x 18 D, Web, Notch,
SFR/Enf

REAR FACING CENTER CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided on the top rear of the engine tunnel.

The cabinet will be

38.00 " wide x

15.00 " high x

18.00 " deep. The bottom of the cabinet will taper
to match the angle of the engine tunnel. The back corners of the cabinet will be notched around the gravity drains.

The interior door will be web netting. The netting will be made with

1.00 " wide nylon material with

2.00 " openings. The nylon webbing will be permanently fastened at the bottom
side of the cabinet
and have

1.00 " cam buckle
fasteners on the opposite side to secure it. The clear door opening of the cabinet will be

35.50 " wide x

12.00 " high.

The cabinet will include
one (
1 ) infinitely adjustable shelf with a

1.25 " up-turned lip
painted to
match the cab interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white LED strip light installed horizontally above the interior cabinet door opening
. The lighting will be controlled by a rocker switch on the front of the cabinet. 0566653
Upholstery, Seats In Cab, Turnout
Tuff

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be
black
Turnout Tuff material.
21 942
Bid #:

0543991
Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.

For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9 G.

There will be a quantity of
two (
2 )
SCBA brackets.
0697223
SP
Seat Mounting, Forward Facing,
Moved Rearward

SPECIAL SEAT MOUNTING
All forward facing seats will be mounted as far rearward as possible without having the front of the seat further back than the front of the seat riser. 0603866
Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red
seat belts. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S 515
standards.

The
3 -point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3 -point shoulder type seat belts
will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The
3 -point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a
3 -point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0817557
Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2024

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, section

11.1.8.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647647
Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) dual LED dome lights with
black
bezels provided. Two (
2 ) lights will be
mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two ( 2 ) lights will be installed and
located, one (
1 ) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be
red and white
.

The white LED's will be controlled by
the door switches and the lens switch
.

The color LED's will be controlled by
the lens switch
.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of

10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire

20.00 " x

20.00 " square seating position when mounted

40.00 " above the seat.
0896451
Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for
10 seconds for improved visibility after the
doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after
10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0626097
Light, Map, Sunnex HS76*-00 Series,
Swivel Joint, Clear Lens, Ceiling
Mount

MAP LIGHT
There will be
one (
1 )
Sunnex®, HS
76 *-
00 , halogen map light(s) with swivel joint base provided in the cab and located
match
35932
. Each map light will have a
square
base with an
on/off switch
.

The light(s) will also be provided with
a red lens
.

The light switch(es) will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
.
0804719
Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan,
44451, C4 LED, Tail Lts, 12v, Orange

HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be four (
4 ) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, Model
#44451
, hand lights provided with a vehicle
mount with
12 VDC direct wire charging rack and quick release buckle strap mounted Crew Cab,
One (
1 ) Under PS Forward Facing Seat, One (
1 ) Under DS Forward Facing Seat, One (
1 ) in LS
3 and One (
1 ) in RS
3 final location at precon.
.

Each light housing will be orange in color and be provided with a C 4 , LED and two (
2 ) "ultra bright
blue tail light LEDs". The tail light LEDs will have a dual mode of blinking or steady. 0622803
Cab Instruments, Black Gauges,
Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (
10 ) black faced gauges with black bezels to
monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):
22 942
Bid #:

Low volts (

11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (

15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (

11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (

16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (
1/8
full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (
1/32
full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (
1/8
full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (
3 ) to five (
5 ) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every
30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. 23 942
Bid #:

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained rocker switch will be
provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three ( 3 )-position momentary rocker switch
will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for
3 to
5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (
2 )-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided.

Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by
multiple individual warning light switches for
various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included
.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (
4 ) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six ( 6 ) switch
panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (
4 )-row by
20 -character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (
3 ) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one 24 942
Bid #:

caution or warning condition exist.
0509511
Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0777954
SP
Light, Indicator, Jackknife Warning,
Wln 3S*00F*R
- There will be a Whelen Model 3S*00F*R, 3.00" diameter flashing indicator light with chrome trim in the cab in an overhead position
TBD at pre-construction
, that indicates jackknife position
approaching the maximum allowable angle which is 60 degrees. The light(s) to include blue
flashing LEDs
and the
warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs
.
0683556
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln
M2R Red LED
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A Whelen, Model M
2 R flashing red indicator light with a chrome bezel, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm

when the parking brake is released.
0509042
Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone
™,
color display located within sight of the
driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611683
Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight ( 8 ) membrane-type switches
each rated for one million (
1,000,000
) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (
8 ) switch
assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (
2 )-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802940
Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (
2 )-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be
located on the left side of the center instrument
panel
.
0002565
Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab

HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE
An hourmeter for the aerial device will be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel.
0002615
Switch, Aerial 12V Master

AERIAL MASTER
There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 0032828
No PTO switch req'd - w/aerial
piggyback
25 942
Bid #:

0820911
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 6th
NFPA1900

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
six (
6 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be protected to
15 amps at
12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate
match
28976
Termination will be
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection
The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0821191
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Batt Dir,
1st NFPA1900

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (
1 ) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
The negative wire will be
20 amps at
12 volts DC
Power and ground will terminate
behind officer seat
Termination will be
with a
10 -place bus bar with screws and removable cover
Wires will be sized to
125
percent of the protection
Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0547328
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Switch
Feature 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
six (
6 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to
20 amps at
12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate
One (
1 ) LS
3 , One (
1 ) RS
4 , Two (
2 ) RS
8 upper rear wall with a
5 '
coil leftover and Two (
2 ) in LS
7 .

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

The circuits selected above will be controlled by a switch in the following locations:
no switch location
no additional switch location
Wires will be sized to
125%
of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0772592
SP
Speakers, Panasonic, (2) Additional,
Tiller Cab

ADDITIONAL RADIO SPEAKERS
There will be one (
1 )
2 channel amplifier install in the chassis cab. There will be a volume control with on off switch installed in the tiller cab in reach of the tiller driver. There will be two ( 2 )
Panasonic radio speakers installed in the tiller cab.
0819994
Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
There will be one heavy duty AM/FM / Weatherband / Bluetooth stereo radio. The radio will be installed
within reach of the officer
. There will be

5.25 " speakers installed
one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 "
speakers in the cab and one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 " speakers in the crew cab
. The antenna will be
a
roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof .

The following Jensen features will be included:
180
watts max power (
45 W x
4 );
100
watts RMS (
25 W x
4 )
Bluetooth® streaming audio (A
2 DP/AVRCP)
Weatherband
AM/FM tuner with
30 presets
Audio settings (volume/bass/treble/balance/fade)
Toggle switch between day and night display
Daylight-readable, segmented LCD
Two-wire power with non-volatile memory and clock support Low battery alert
0814201
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a

7.00 " diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -
40 to
158
degrees Fahrenheit
LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of
1000
nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read
US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition 26 942
Bid #:

The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (
4 ) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or
24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
27 942
Bid #:

Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0816633
Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA7

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA
7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system
provided on the apparatus. The HA
7 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are

5.40 " long x

2.70 " wide x

1.30 " high, and operating temperature range is
-
40 degrees Celsius to
85 degrees Celsius.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA
7 transponder sends alert messages via
cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA
7 transponder sends road hazard alerts to
motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA
7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system will include
the transponder and
a
5 year cellular plan subscription
.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
0606247
Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected.

Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone ™
color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to
10 seating positions indicating the status of each
seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 28 942
Bid #:

0816632
SP
Intercom, David Clark, 8-Pos, 3-Dual
Radio, (D, O, TC, RPTT), 4C, T

INTERCOM SYSTEM
An eight (
8 ) position intercom system with dual radio interface at the driver position with two ( 2 )
Remote Push To Talk (RPTT) located
SEE Switch Layout
, the officer positions will be provided
with two (
2 ) RPTT located
SEE Switch Layout
and the Tiller cab positions will be provided with
two (
2 ) RPTT located
See Switch Layout
. Four (
4 ) crew cab positions,
at three (
3 ) forward facing
seats and two (
2 ) rearward facing seats
and the turntable will have intercom only.

The following David Clark, Model U
3800
components will be supplied with this system:

Two (
2 ) U
3805
Radio Cord Junction Module
Three (
3 ) U
3816
Dual Radio Interface Module (Driver, officer and Tiller cab) Six (
6 ) David Clark RPTT Switches
One (
1 ) U
3800
Intercom Unit (
2 forward facing Crew)
One (
1 ) C
3820
Power Cable
Two (
2 ) U
3802
Intercom Only Module (
2 Crew)
One (
1 ) U
3801
Intercom Only Module (Turntable)
All necessary cables and connectors
0637058
David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to
With Radio Equipment
.
0589947
Headset, David Clark, H3432 Over
The Head, Flex Mic, Push On Push
Off

OVER THE HEAD HEADSET
There will be
five (
5 )
over the head, headset(s) provided
See signed intercom drawing
.

Each David Clark, Model H
3432
, headset will feature:
5 ' Coiled cord
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flexible microphone boom rotates
200
degrees for left or right dress
Microphone on/off button
Comfort Gel Earseals
23 dB noise reduction
0819255
Hangers For Headsets, NFPA Each,
1900

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be
five (
5 )
headset hanger(s) installed
driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard
forward facing seat, passenger's side outboard forward facing seat and tiller operator seat . The
hanger(s) will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards for equipment mounting. 0663968
Install Customer Provided Drug Vault,
Knox Model #2 With WiFi, in Cab

KNOX-BOX®
There will be
one (
1 )
Knox-Box MedVault
2 , surface mount with Ethernet cable will be sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer and installed in the TBD at pre-con
.

A "technician's key" will be provided by the customer for each Knox Box. The box cannot be installed without a compatible technician's key.

Specific shipping requirements will be followed.
0699100
Install Customer Provided Key
Storage, Knox Box, in Cab

KNOX-BOX®
There will be
one (
1 )
Knox-Box(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer and installed at
TBD at pre-con
. Specific shipping requirements will be followed.

A "technician's key" will be provided by the customer for each Knox Box. The box cannot be installed without a compatible technician's key.
0687904
Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Behind Officer Seat

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be
six (
6 )
standard

1.125
",
18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed
Match
35932

on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to behind the officer seat. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount.
0817058
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera,
SD, CL714

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (
1 ) Standard Definition (SD) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be
emitted by an amplified speaker with volume
control located behind the driver seat
.

The following components will be included:

One (
1 ) SV-CW
134639
CAI Camera
All necessary cables
0814831
Not Required, Camera Switcher
Camera Switcher
A camera switcher is not required.
0890416
Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers 29 942
Bid #:

containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of
125
percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules,
electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators
located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J 1939-11
recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX ™
specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J
771
specifications
Operating temperature from -
40 degrees Celsius to +
70 degrees Celsius
Storage temperature from -
40 degrees Celsius to +
70 degrees Celsius
Vibration to
50 g
IP
67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between
15 centimeters and one (
1 ) meter)
Operating voltage from eight (
8 ) volts to
32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE
802.11
b/g/n capabilities while communicating at

2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a
black WiFi antenna
allowing a line of site communication
range of up to
300
feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone ™,
control
and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone ™,
control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to
2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below

11.8 volts DC for more than two (
2 ) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (
3 ) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12 -volt
40 -amp battery switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp ignition switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp direct battery power
There will also be a
12 -volt
100
-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution 30 942
Bid #:

center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J
551/2
, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio
frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J 1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR
for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J
551/2
and SAE J
1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter
requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456
Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone ™
information center and/or
wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
0816093
ClearSky Telematics, Remote Fleet &
On-scene Management, AT&T
Commercial

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Your vehicle will include a cellular-based vehicle telematics system including a telematic control unit with external cellular Wi-Fi and GPS antenna. Pierce will provide access to a web-based user interface portal that will allow users to access vehicle data collected as part of the system, allow users to configure monitoring tools, provide a global view of the location of each vehicle that has the system, provide a summary of fleet data, etc. The web-based user interface portal or certain features thereof may be provided on a subscription basis.

The telematic control unit will be fully integrated into the electrical system of the vehicle, will monitor the vehicle through the CAN data bus, and will transmit data through a secure AT&T 4 G
LTE cellular connection, and be provided with a
5 year subscription
.

The web-based user interface portal will provide, among other features:

User defined interval notifications
User defined fault alerts
Remote access to Command Zone
™
diagnostics
Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
Vehicle system status
The system is activated while building your vehicle and thereafter remains active for a 60 -day
grace period starting when your vehicle ships from the factory. This means that the system is active at the time of factory acceptance and during the 60 -day grace period. By selecting this
option, it is agreed that use of the system and the web-based user interface portal will be subject to the terms set forth in the Data Systems Agreement referenced at https://www.piercemfg.com/privacy-statement
. Customers will be provided with an initial login at
the time of factory acceptance to verify performance of the system and the web-based user interface portal. The term of the subscription, if any, will begin when the vehicle ships from the factory. If customers do not log into the web-based user interface portal and confirm acceptance of the terms before the
60 -day grace period ends, the system will be deactivated, and no new data will be collected or retained Pierce. Reactivation can be coordinated through the customer's authorized Pierce Dealer.
31 942
Bid #:

0624253
Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All
12 -volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at

2.00 " intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108
, will
be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079211
Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31,
950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (
6 )
12 volt Stryten/Exide®, Model
31 S
950
X
3 W, batteries that include the
following features will be provided:
950
CCA, cold cranking amps
190
amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group
31 Rating of
5700
CCA at
0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140
minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a
45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0008621
Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698
Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of

0.188
" steel plate and be
designed to accommodate a maximum of three (
3 ) group
31 batteries in each compartment. The
battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.

Heavy-duty,
2/0
gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (
1 ) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0812586
Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, Chief
091-266-12-60, 60 Amp

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul
™,
Chief Series Smart Charger
6012
, product code
091-266-12-60
,
60 amp battery charger with build-in touch screen display provided.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a junction box located near the battery charger.
32 942
Bid #:

0814869
Location, Cab, Charger, Behind
Driver Seat
The battery charger will be located in the cab behind the driver seat. 0811943
Panel, Remote Control, Kussmaul,
Chief 091-266-RCP

REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul
™,
Chief Series Smart Charger remote control panel, product code 091-
266
-RCP included.
0814939
Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's
Seat Riser
The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser. 0016857
Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be
one (
1 )
Kussmaul
™,
Model
091-55-20-120
,
20 amp
120
volt AC shoreline inlet(s)
provided to operate the dedicated
120
volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include
red
weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to
the battery charger
.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800
Shoreline Location
The shoreline receptacle will be located
on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door
.
0515090
Display, Kussmaul Single Bat Status
Ind 091-94-12, Wired to Batteries

BATTERY CHARGE INDICATOR
There will be a Kussmaul, Model
091-94-12
, battery charge indicator installed
Drivers seat riser
(Match
35932
)
.
0642936
Timer, Havis Chargeguard Select
CG-X
12 VOLT AUTO SHUT OFF TIMER
There will be a Havis, Model CG-X Chargeguard, automatic 12 Vdc shut off timer located
Inside
the officer side MUX access door in best possible location (Match 35932
)
to protect
20 A fuse
block near the officer side dash (Match
35932
)
.

The timer will provide
18 Vdc high and
11 Vdc low voltage disconnect and an adjustable shut down delay timer with a load current rating of
30 amps.
0647728
Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy
55SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy
®
, Model
55 SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430

amps, as measured by SAE method J
56 . The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257
degrees
Fahrenheit (
125
degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 0658249
SP
Alarm, Buzzer Signaling System,
Tiller, Special StaccatoTone, IPOS

TILLER BUZZER SIGNALING SYSTEM ALARM WITH SPECIAL TONE
The buzzer signaling system alarm provided in the tractor and tiller cab will have a staccato tone provided so as to distinguish itself from other truck alarms. 0026408
Wiring, Customer Installed Radio,
Battery-Direct, Ignition-Power &
Ground

CUSTOMER RADIO WIRING
There will be
one (
1 )

12 volt combination wiring leads of which each will include, one ( 1 ) battery
direct, one (
1 ) ignition and one (
1 ) negative, for use with radio equipment. Each lead will be 18 "
long and be provided
officer side overhead far right
. The leads will be clearly marked and in a
coil. A breaker rated for
20 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the battery direct powered lead with a minimum of
12 gauge wire. The ignition lead is for sensing purposes only.

The wires will be colored coded as follows:

Red for battery direct
Yellow for ignition
Black for ground
33 942
Bid #:

0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt
electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle
to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake .

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until
30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire
12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) JW Speaker®, Model
8800
,
4 " x
6 " rectangular LED lights mounted in the
front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 low beam module
the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 high beam module
the
headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0625953
Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf, Sab
FR

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen
600
series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be
clear
.
0805325
Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED,
15 Degree Angle Bracket, Additional

ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL LIGHT
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen®, Model M
62 T*, amber LED directional lights provided
Rear of
reservoir compartment
. The
lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs
.

Each light will be surface mounted in a
15 degree angled bracket with
chrome housing
.

The flash pattern of the directional lights will be
Steady On (Arrow)
.
0620054
Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Weldon, Model
9186-8580-29
, amber LED turn signal marker lights
furnished, one (
1 ) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
34 942
Bid #:

0647802
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be five (
5 ) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations:

Three (
3 ) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.

Two (
2 ) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one ( 1 ) on each outboard side of the cab
above the windshield.
0625210
Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side,
Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE CLEARANCE/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite®, Model
19036
Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the
chrome wrap around bezel, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as additional directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. 0534987
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts, Aerial

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (
3 ) Truck-Lite®, Model
33050
R, LED lights used as identification lights
recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than

6.00 " or more than

12.00 " apart
Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite, Model
33050
R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus
used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite, Model
33050
R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus
as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One ( 1 ) each
side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One ( 1 )
each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

Per FMVSS
108
and CMVSS
108
requirements.
0514453
Light, Marker End Outline, Rubber
Arm, LED Marker Lamp

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located on the
trailer in the standard location at the rear
. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck.

These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 0804519
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw
w/Flange

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting will include the following:

Two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
62 BTT,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep brake/tail lights with red
LEDs
Two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
62 T,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep directional lights with amber
LEDs. The directional lights will be set to
Steady On (Arrow)
flash pattern.

The
lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs
.

The lights to include
chrome trim
.
0805618
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU

There will be two (2) Whelen® Model M62BU, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep backup lights with white LEDs, clear lenses and
chrome trim
provided.
0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (
1 ) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (
1 ) white LED light with
chrome housing
will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A
stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model
1040
, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and
automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten ( 10 ) dBA above surrounding
environmental noise levels.
35 942
Bid #:

0059809
Light, Marker, Weldon, 9186-1500
LED, Location

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of Weldon, Model:
9186-1500-10
or
9186-1500-20
, LED marker lights
installed on this apparatus, one (
1 ) light each side per the quantity selected.

These lights will be activated with the headlight switch.

These lights will be located
on top of the trailer catwalk directly above the tiller trailer axle . These
lights will be installed into the rub rail or with metal flanges to protect them from most damage.

Amber lights will be used except for the rear most light at the rear of the apparatus which will be red.
0626588
Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) TecNiq, Model T
10 -LC
00-1
,

15.00 " lights with white LEDs and
45 degree
stainless steel brackets provided per the following:
one (
1 ) under the driver's side cab access step
one (
1 ) under the passenger's side cab access step
one (
1 ) under the passenger's side crew cab access step
one (
1 ) under the driver's side crew cab access step
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, when the respective door is open and by the same control selected for the body perimeter lights. 0760732
SP
Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 4lts, Turntbl/Rr Stp,
Tiller

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) TecNiq part number T
10 -LC
00-1
,

1.28 " high x

15.52 " long x

0.48 " deep
lights with white LEDs provided per the following:

One (
1 ) light under the left side turntable access steps
One (
1 ) light under the left side tiller cab access steps
One (
1 ) light under the right side tiller cab access steps
One (
1 ) light under the right side turntable access steps
The lights will be activated when
a switch within reach of the driver is activated and the parking brake is applied
.
0552317
Lights, Perimeter, Wln 20C0CDCR

ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be
eight (
8 ) lights
in addition to the standard body perimeter light(s) installed under
front bumper center, D
2 , P
3 , spilt under P
4 and P
5 , split under D
3 and D
4 , split under P
6 and P
7 ,
under D
5 rear of the air oulet, below rear ladder access center .

These additional light(s) will be Whelen, Model
20 C
0 CDCR,

4.00 " round LED light(s) with
grommet(s).

These additional light(s) will be controlled the same as the other perimeter lights. 0896454
Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten ( 10 ) seconds for improved visibility
after the doors closed.
0554516
Lights, Step, P25 LED, Tiller, Aerial
Master

STEP LIGHTS
There will be a total of sixteen (
16 ) white LED step lights provided for access to the tiller cab and turntable.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The step lights will be actuated by the aerial master switch in the cab.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0550452
Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-
LED, Stainless 1st

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Ziamatic, Model Model ZQL-SS-LED, LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing, installed on the side of the apparatus,
D/S in the trailer axle fender well, one facing
rearward and one light facing forward
.

A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following:
no additional switch location
left cornering lights activated with tiller cab left turn signal switch no additional switch location
ds/ps turn signal switch
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0690488
Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-
LED, Stainless 2nd

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Ziamatic, Model Model ZQL-SS-LED, LED scene light(s) with stainless steel housing, installed on the side of the apparatus,
P/S in the trailer axle fender well, one facing
forward and one facing rear
.

A control for the light(s) selected above will be the following:
no additional switch location
no additional switch location
Right Tiller Directional Switch
Turn SIgnal - DS/PS turn Signal (cab) Matching feature value of option 550452
within bid)
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 36 942
Bid #:

0666072
Lights, Tractor Scene, Wln M6ZC
LED Rear of Cab 2lts

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 ) pair of Whelen, Model M
6 ZC LED scene lights installed on the rear exterior
wall of the tractor cab with chrome flanges.

The lights will be controlled by the aerial master switch. 0776357
Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer,
Cnt Feature, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model P*H
2 *,
17,750
lumens
12 volt DC light(s)
with a
combination of flood and spot optics
provided on the front visor,
centered
.

The housing(s)
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The light(s) will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel
.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0774948
Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC,
2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model P*H
1 *,
8,875
lumens
12 volt DC powered lights with white
LEDs and
flood optics
installed on the apparatus located,
PS Upper Crew Cab (Match Job
35932
)
.

The
light(s) to be installed in a all black
15 degree vertical recessed bracket PBH
103
BB
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The lights will be activated
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0775524
Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC,
1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model P*H
1 *,
8,875
lumens
12 volt DC powered lights with white
LEDs and
flood optics
installed on the apparatus located,
DS Upper Crew Cab (Match Job
35932
)
.

The
light(s) to be installed in a all black
15 degree vertical recessed bracket PBH
103
BB
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The lights will be activated
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0768928
Lights, Wln, PSL2** Pioneer, 12 VDC,
2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen® Model PSL
2 **,
7,300
lumens
12 volt DC LED light(s) installed on
the body located,
One (
1 ) As far back as possible above LS
3 One (
1 ) As Far Forward as possible
above LS
6 .

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The
light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s)
.

The lights will be controlled when the battery switch is on and by the same control that has been
selected for the driver's side scene light(s)
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0768929
Lights, Wln, PSL2** Pioneer, 12 VDC,
1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen® Model PSL
2 **,
7,300
lumens
12 volt DC LED light(s) installed on
the body located,
One (
1 ) As far back as possible above RS
4 One (
1 ) As Far Forward as possible
above RS
7 .

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The
light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s)
.

The lights will be controlled when the battery switch is on and by a switch in the tiller cab and by
the same control that has been selected for the right side scene light(s) .

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0736743
Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12
VDC 2nd
12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen® Model PSL
2 **,
10,206
lumens
12 volt light(s) with white LEDs and
flood optics
. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
. The
light(s) to be installed on
adjustable bail bracket(s)
and located on the tiller cab,
PS of the tiller cab and on the catwalk
above the forward portion of RS
5 .

The light(s) will be controlled
by a switch in the tiller cab
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0736755
Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12
VDC 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen® Model PSL
2 **,
10,206
lumens
12 volt light(s) with white LEDs and
flood optics
. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
. The
light(s) to be installed on
adjustable bail bracket(s)
and located on the tiller cab,
DS of the tiller cab and on the catwalk
above the forward portion of LS
4 (Match Job #
28976
)
.

The light(s) will be controlled
by a switch in the tiller cab
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 37 942
Bid #:

0889974
Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12
VDC 3rd
12 VOLT LIGHTING ON TILLER CAB
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model PSL
2 **,
10,206
lumens
12 volt light(s) with white LEDs and
40 degree x
20 degree flood optics
. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
. The
light
(s) to be installed in a
15 degree vertical recessed bracket
and located on the tiller cab,
Back of
Tiller Cab (Match Job
28976
)
.

The light(s) will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch in the tiller cab
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532322
Not Required, Hose Bed Lights, Alt.

Rear Scene Lights, Aerials
0645678
Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
120/240 Volt Lights At Rear Body

0797313
Not Required, No Walking Surface,
NFPA
0090655
Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body

0554269
Body Skirt Height, 18"

0013481
Not Required, Hose Bed Capacity

0013534
Not Required, Running Boards

0690023
Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum

SMOOTH ALUMINUM REAR WALL
The rear wall will be smooth aluminum.
0029503
Tow Eyes (2), Painted Lower Job
Color, Aerial

TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) rear painted tow eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. Each tow eye will be rated for
9000
lb and painted to match the lower job color.
0090670
Construction, Compt, Alum, Tiller

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of .
125
",
5052
-H
32 aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in

1.75 " and bending out
again .
75 " to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

A support system will be used which will incorporate a floating substructure by using Neoprene Elastomer isolators to allow the body to remain rigid while the chassis goes through its natural flex. The isolators will have a broad range of proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design, and allow for all necessary movement in three ( 3 ) transitional and rotational modes.

This will result in a
500
lb equipment rating for each lower compartment of the body.

The compartmentation will include a

3.00 " steel support assemblies which are bolted to the chassis frame rails. A steel framework will be mounted to the body above these support assemblies connected to the support assemblies with isolators. There will be one ( 1 ) support
assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
All body compartments will have a minimum of one (
1 ) set of louvers stamped into a wall to
provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.
38 942
Bid #:

0824055
SP
Compt,Single Reserv,22.5"HTop Stg
Area w/Ctr Lift,Grating,F/D Ea
Side,Dbl Dr.47"

TRACTOR RESERVOIR COMPARTMENT
A compartment will be provided ahead of the tractor fifth wheel.

The compartment on the left side will be approximately

44.00 " wide x

37.75 " high x

8.00 " deep in
the forward

10.63 " of width, with the remainder of the compartment being

24.00 " deep. The clear
door opening will be

39.50 " wide x

29.75 " high.

The compartment on the right side will be approximately

44.00 " wide x

36.75 " high x

8.00 " deep
in the forward

10.63 " of width, with the remainder of the compartment being

24.00 " deep. The
clear door opening will be

39.50 " wide x

28.75 " high. The floor of this compartment will be raised

1.00 " to allow for proper clearance from exhaust components.

The transverse section will be approximately

34.38 " wide x

15.50 " high.

There will be
two (
2 ) LED strip lights mounted on the forward wall, one each side of the apparatus to illuminate this compartment.

The compartment will be fabricated out of smooth aluminum painted job color. Bright aluminum treadplate will be provided on the top of the compartment.

The compartment will be furnished with a double lap door on each side that has a D handle latch and positive door hold open device.

There shall be an additional upper storage area provided rearward of the reservoir components.

The size of this storage area will be approximately

14.00 " wide x

22.50 " high x

76.00 " long. A lift
up cover shall be provided on the top. The hinge shall be located towards the cab side and be located such that only the rear half of the cover opens up. A D-ring latch shall be provided on each end, as well as gas shocks to hold the cover open. To illuminate this area, an Amdor Model AY-
9750-040
white light shall be provided running length-wise across the compartment. Hose grating shall be provided on the floor of this rearward storage area. 0652578
SP
Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special
Generator Mounting, 92.00" Wide, LS
Front,Tiller

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Left side compartmentation will consist of the following:

Two (
2 ) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately

47.13 " wide x

55.63 " high x

24.50 " deep with a
door opening of approximately

39.00 " wide x

47.75 " high.

The transverse area to the right side will be approximately

20.00 " high due to the generator
mounting.

The rear compartment will be approximately

44.50 " wide x

55.63 " high x

24.50 " deep with a door
opening of approximately

39.00 " wide x

47.75 " high.

The upper

38.75 " of this compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0036503
Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, LS
Center, Tiller
Two (
2 ) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately

47.13 " wide x

55.63 " high x

24.50 " deep with a
minimum clear door opening of approximately

38.75 " wide x

45.87 " high.

The upper

38.75 " of the forward compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

The rear compartment will be approximately

44.50 " wide x

55.63 " high x

24.50 " deep with a
minimum clear door opening of approximately

38.75 " wide x

45.87 " high.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0822192
SP
Compt, F/H F/D Front Roll, Low Rear
Roll, Spec Cab Steps, Narrow Rear
Two (
2 ) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the left side.

The forward compartment will be approximately

69.00 " wide x

49.63 " high x

24.50 " deep in the
lower

24.13 " of the compartment with the remaining upper portion being approximately

22.50 "
deep. The minimum clear door opening will be approximately

63.25 " wide x

39.87 " high. This
compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels and will have a roll-up door.

The rearward compartment will be approximately

42.00 " wide x

24.13 " high x

21.25 " deep with a
minimum clear door opening of approximately

36.25 " wide x

16.87 " high. The forward

21.25 " of
compartment width will be approximately

9.00 " deep. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels and in front of the tiller cab access steps and have a roll-up door. 0652577
SP
Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special
Generator Mounting, 92.00" Wide,
RS Front,Tiller

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Right side compartmentation will consist of the following:

Two (
2 ) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the right side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately

47.13 " wide x

55.63 " high x

24.50 " deep with a
door opening of approximately

39.00 " wide x

47.75 " high.

The transverse area to the left side will be approximately

20.00 " high due to the generator
mounting.

The rear compartment will be approximately

44.50 " wide x

55.63 " high x

24.50 " deep with a door
opening of approximately

39.00 " wide x

47.75 " high.

The upper

38.75 " of this compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
0036512
Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, RS
Center, Tiller
Two (
2 ) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the right side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately

47.13 " wide x

55.63 " high x

24.50 " deep with a
minimum clear door opening of approximately

38.75 " wide x

45.87 " high.

The upper

38.75 " of the forward compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.

The rear compartment will be approximately

44.50 " wide x

55.63 " high x

24.50 " deep with a
minimum clear door opening of approximately

38.75 " wide x

45.87 " high.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.
39 942
Bid #:

0793424
Compt, F/H F/D Front/Rear Roll,
Center Lift Past 90, Special Cab
Steps,78"Wide
Three (
3 ) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the right side.

The forward compartment will be approximately

69.00 " wide x

49.63 " high x

24.50 " deep in the
lower

24.13 " of the compartment with the remaining upper portion being approximately

22.50 "
deep. The minimum clear door opening will be approximately

63.25 " wide x

39.87 " high. This
compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels and will have a roll-up door.

The compartment directly above the rear wheels will be approximately

57.00 " wide x

19.63 " high
x

13.50 " deep with a clear door opening of approximately

52.25 " wide x

13.75 " high. This
compartment will be provided with a lift-up door. This lift-up door will be provided with a cylinder that allows it to open approximately
120
degrees.

The rearward compartment will be approximately

42.00 " wide x

49.63 " high x

21.00 " deep with a
minimum clear door opening of approximately

36.25 " wide x

39.87 " high. This compartment will
be located behind the rear wheels and in front of the tiller cab access steps and will have a roll-up door. The forward

21.25 " of compartment width and

24.25 " of compartment height will be

9.00 "
deep.
0594014
Doors, Amdor, Rollup, Side
Compartments

ROLL-UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS
There will be
12 compartment doors
installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction,
painted one (
1 ) color to match the lower portion of the body
and manufactured by
AMDOR
™
brand roll-up doors.

Door(s) will be constructed using

1.00 " extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One ( 1 ) fin will be
designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The doors will be mounted in a one (
1 )-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of roll-up door will be equipped with two ( 2 ) cut-outs to allow for easier
access with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model J
236
for all compartment doors
. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of
door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded roll-up door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.

Each roll-up door will have a

3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the roll-up door assembly will not exceed

4.00 ".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0544873
Bumper, Rear, Rub Rail, Aerial

REAR BUMPER
An aluminum rub rail will be provided at the rear of the unit. It will extend the full width of the compartments.
0688458
SP
Scuffplate, Location

SCUFFPLATE
There will be
Two (
2 ) scuffplates
polished stainless steel
scuffplates furnished
On the top rail of
the aerial egress, from the bolted location out to where the front starts to curve. Please make these
3 sided plates to wrap the top and sides of the upper egress section 0062742
Compartment Door(s), Open Past 90
Degrees

COMPARTMENT DOOR MODIFICATION
There will be
one (
1 ) compartment door
that will be provided with the capability to open past
90 degrees.

The door(s) to receive this modification are located
P
2 .
0019845
Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door

DOOR GUARD
There will be
12 compartment doors
that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll- up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed
all body roll up door compartments
.
0028546
D-Ring Latch for Free Door, Lap
Doors

FREE DOOR D-RING LATCH
A D-ring style latch will be provided on the free door for three (
3 ) compartment doors
. The
compartmentation, to have a free door latch(es), will be LS
7 , RS
8 and R
1 .
0641823
Electric Door Locks, Body Doors, Lap

ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
There will be
three (
3 )
door(s) located
LS
7 , RS
8 , RS
2 equipped with electric locks. The locks will
be wired battery direct. The switch for control will be located With roll-up door control switch (LS
Aerial Stabilizer control)
. In the event of loss of power, a manual override is available. 40 942
Bid #:

0641826
Electric Door Locks, Body Doors,
Amdor

ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
There will be
twelve (
12 )
door(s) located
Within Stabilizer Control Box LS
equipped with electric
locks. The locks will be wired battery direct. The switch for control will be located RS
1 , RS
3 , RS
4 ,
RS
5 , RS
6 , RS
7 , LS
1 , LS
2 , LS
3 , LS
4 , LS
5 and LS
6 . In the event of loss of power, a manual
override is available.
0642303
Master Control, Electric Door Locks,
Body Drs and Cab Drs,
Vel/Imp,DCF,Enf

CONTROL OF ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
The electric body door locks will be locked or unlocked with the cab controls.

In the event of loss of power, a manual override is available. 0074012
Scuffplate, Brushed S/S, Inside
Compartment Door

SCUFFPLATE, INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR
There will be
four (
4 ) compartment doors
that have a brushed stainless steel scuffplate. The
scuffplate will cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of the door pan.

The compartment door(s) that will receive the scuffplate will be for the D
7 , P
8 compartment(s).
0689549
Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be
thirteen (
13 )
compartment(s) with two (
2 ) white
12 volt DC LED compartment light
strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (
2 ) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in compartment(s):
all side
bod compartments, D
7 /P
8 are inluded with reservoir compartment option
.

Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a

6.00 " diameter Truck-Lite, Model:
79384
light. Each light will have a number
1076
one filament, two wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0689539
Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light
Strip, 36", Additional

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING, ADDITIONAL
There will be
one (
1 )
Pierce LED strip light(s) provided in the compartment(s) located overhead in
R
1 . Each light will be

36.00 " in length.

Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0689540
Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light
Strip, 27", Additional

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING, ADDITIONAL
There will be
two (
2 )
Pierce LED strip light(s) provided in the compartment(s) located reservoir
compartment rear door frame each side
. Each light will be

27.00 " in length.

Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0689541
Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light
Strip, 9", Additional

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING, ADDITIONAL
There will be
one (
1 )
Pierce LED light(s) provided in the compartment(s) located overhead in R
2 .

Each light will be

9.00 " in length.

Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0603420
Shelf Tracks, Painted, Aerial

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be
eight (
8 ) sets of tracks
for mounting shelf(s) in
LS
2 , LS
3 , LS
5 , LS
6 , RS
3 , RS
4 , RS
6 and RS
7 . These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s) and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. 0687112
Shelves, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity,
Full Width/Depth, Painted

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
seven (
7 ) shelves
with a capacity of
500
lb provided. The shelf construction will
consist of .
188
" aluminum with

2.00 " sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by

0.12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location will be
Two (
2 ) in D
3 - see photo, two (
2 ) in P
4 at
18 " and

32.5 ", D
2 upper - see
photo, D
2 lower - see photo, P
3 upper at

32.5 "
.
0638569
Shelves, Fixed, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Painted Spatter Gray

FIXED SHELVES
There will be
one (
1 ) shelf
with a capacity of
500
lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of
.
188
" aluminum with

2.00 " sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray to match the compartment interior. Each shelf will be fixed in its location in the compartment The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts or angles bolted to the compartment as the engineer or shop floor see fit.

The location will be
D
4 /P
5 full width, mounted

7.00 " above the floor extensions. This dmension is
needed for the rescue jacks being installed on P
5 above the floor extension
.
41 942
Bid #:

0015364
Tray, 500 lb, Slide-out, 2-Way, Utility,
Adj Height, 3" Sides, Full Trans
TWO (
2 ) WAY SLIDE-OUT UTILITY TRAY
There will be
two (
2 ) slide-out trays
provided.

Each tray will be rated for up to
500
lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of .
19 " thick aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks. The corners will be welded.

The tray will have

3.00 " high sides, will span the full depth of the transverse compartment and will be as wide as possible for the compartment.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (
6 ) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two
thirds (
2/3
) of its length to either side of the apparatus.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the in and out positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The vertical location of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located
D
5 /P
6 at
19 ", D
6 /P
7 at

20.5 "
.
0083986
Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg,
Adj

SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be
two (
2 ) slide-out trays
provided.

The bottom of each tray will constructed of

0.188
" thick aluminum while special aluminum
extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.

A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (
2/3
) of its length from the stowed position and
tip
30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.

Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions.

The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of
215
lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located in
LS
5 and LS
6 .
0510777
Tray, 215 lb, Tilt/Slide-Out, 30 Deg,
Adj, 1/2 Trans

SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be
two (
2 ) slide-out trays
provided.

The bottom of each tray will be constructed of

0.188
" thick aluminum while special aluminum
extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.

The tray will be half depth of the transverse compartment.

A spring-loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (
2/3
) of its length from the stowed position and
tip
30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.

Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions.

The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of
215
lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located
D
6 , P
7 at

32.5 " - painted compartment interior
.
0646005
Tray, Floor Mounted, Utility, Two Way
Slide-Out, 500lb, 3" Sides, Full Trans

TWO (
2 ) WAY UTILITY SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
two (
2 )
floor mounted utility slide-out tray(s) provided
in D
4 /P
5 side by side with
shelf track for Customer installed toolboard mounted in each tray - see photo . Each tray will be
rated for up to
500
lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of . 19 " thick
aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks.

The corners will be welded. The finish will be
painted spatter gray
.

The tray will be

3.00 " high x full depth of the transverse compartment x as wide as possible for the compartment.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (
6 ) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two
thirds (
2/3
) of its length to either side of the apparatus.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0646301
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
Aluminum Plate, Flat Top

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
one (
1 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided
TBD at precon
. A rating on this tray
will not be provided due to the elimination of sides. The tray(s) will be constructed of

0.25 " thick
aluminum plate. The tray will be flat with no sides or flanges. The finish of the tray will be with a
brushed finish
.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250
lb each provided. The pair of
slides will have a safety factor rating of
2 .

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of
1,000
hours of salt spray per ASTM B
117
.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 lb force for push-in or
pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker)
test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 42 942
Bid #:

0647091
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
500lb, 2.00" Sides

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
five (
5 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides and a minimum capacity rating of
500
lb in the extended
position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum
painted nightspots
.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250
lb each provided. The pair of
slides will have a safety factor rating of
2 .

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of
1,000
hours of salt spray per ASTM B
117
.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be
RS
4 , RS
5 , LS
4 , LS
5 and RS
7 .
0799600
SP
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, 1.00"
Sides Front/Rear, Three (3) Slides

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
one (
1 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided
P
3 . A capacity rating will not be
available on this tray due to a reduced side height being less than

2.00 ". The tray(s) will be
constructed of .
19 " aluminum. The tray will have

1.00 " flanges on the front and rear.

There will be three (
3 ) undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at
250
lb each provided.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of
1,000
hours of salt spray per ASTM B
117
.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 0811095
SP
Respond Ready Storage w/4
Drawers, Painted & Powder Coated,
38"W, 4"/4"/4"/6"

TOOL BOX
There will be
one (
1 )
Respond Ready heavy duty drawer system(s) with four (
4 ) drawers installed
floor of LS
3 (Match Job
28976
)
.

The drawer system will consist of one (
1 ) flat top shelf, side panels with
1/2
inch risers, heavy
duty
500
lb slides, lock-out drawers, single handle latching hardware, powder coated front panels and galvanized components.

The unit will be painted
red
.

The drawers will be configured in a drawer system measuring

19.70 " H x

38.00 " W x

23.70 " D
exterior dimensions.

Drawers will consist of one (
1 )

6.00 " drawer (bottom) and three (
3 )

4.00 " drawers.

Each drawer will contain four (
4 ) dividers.
0646185
Toolboard, Slide-out, Alum, .188",
Peg Board, "L"-Shaped

SLIDE-OUT TOOLBOARD
A slide-out aluminum toolboard will be provided. The tool board will be designed to include the upper and lower sections of the compartment.

It will be a minimum of

0.188
" thick with
.
281
" diameter
holes in a pegboard pattern with

1.00 "
centers between holes.

1.00 " x

1.00 " aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. A handhold cutout will be provided on the outboard edge of the toolboard.

The board will be mounted on an undermount-roller bearing type slide rated at 250
lb with a factor
of safety of
2 .

To ensure years of dependable service the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of
1,000
hours of salt spray per ASTM B
117
.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 pound force for push-
in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration
(shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

The slide will be
mounted stationary within the compartment
.

The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position.

There will be
One (
1 )
toolboard(s) provided. The toolboard(s) will be
spatter gray painted
and
installed
P
7 .
0726429
Partition, Vertical Compt, Transverse
Compt, Aerials/HDRs

PARTITION IN TRANSVERSE COMPARTMENT
One (
1 ) partition
will be bolted in
full width in RS
7 and LS
6 rearward, mounted

10.00 " clear from
door frame (Match Job
28976
)
. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment. 0726451
Partition, Vertical Compt

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
One (
1 ) partition
will be bolted in
LS
7 and RS
8 to enclose the cylinder (install with nutserts to
make removable (Match Job
28976
)
. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment.
43 942
Bid #:

0614922
Dura Surf, Additional, Location

SCUFF RESISTANT MATERIAL
two (
2 )
additional areas will be protected with Dura Surf material. The locations will be Floor of
Stokes/Little Giant storage box
.
0650491
DuraSurf, Compartment Floor

COMPARTMENT FLOOR SCUFFPLATE
DuraSurf will be provided on the floor of
one (
1 )
compartment(s). The
compartment below R
1 compartment(s) will be lined.
0004005
Aluminum Treadplate on
Compartment Floor

COMPARTMENT FLOOR SCUFFPLATE
Aluminum treadplate will be provided on the floor of
one (
1 )
compartments. The locations will be,
P
6 .

The edges of the treadplate will be completely caulked before installation to prevent corrosion. 0539811
Box, Poly Tool

TOOL BOX
A tool box will be furnished.

The outside size will be

20.00 " long
x

12.00 " wide
x

12.00 " deep
.

The tool box will be
black
in color.

Construction will be of .
50 " polypropylene plastic with joints and seams nitrogen welded. A cut out carrying handle will be provided on each end.

There will be
four (
4 )
provided. It will be located
three (
3 ) in D
5 on the floor mounted tray, one (
1 )
ship loose
.
0062168
Cable Release, Tilt Tray, IAT Std
Latches

CABLE RELEASE
A cable release will be provided to allow one handed operation of the latches for slide out tilt trays. A cable will connect the two pull knobs so when you pull the cable from the center, it will release the dual knobs and release the tray. Cable will be plastic coated.

A total of
four (
4 )
will be provided
all slide out tilt trays
.
0817125
SP
Tray, 1" Sides, Fixed Floor Mount,
S/S, Unpainted

FLOOR MOUNTED FIXED TRAY
There will be
one (
1 )
fixed floor mount tray with

1.00 " sides, front, and rear.

A capacity rating will not be available on this tray due to reduced side height being less than

2.00 ".

Tray location will be
RS
6 floor match
28976
. Power unit to match mounting of
28976
, streamline
connections to be facing forward. Tray mounted towards to rear section of the floor in RS 6 .

The tray will be bolted to the floor of the compartment for a permanent mount. The tray will be constructed of stainless steel and unpainted.
0661232
Compt, At Rear Between Tow Eyes,
Divider, Smooth Alum Sngl Pan Dr, D
Ring,Tiller

COMPARTMENT BETWEEN TOW EYES
A compartment will be supplied at the rear of the unit, above the rear bumper. It will be

8.50 " high
x

25.75 " wide x

27.00 " deep. The compartment will have two fixed dividers equally spaced to create three equal storage areas. The compartment will have a single-pan smooth aluminum drop-down door with a D-ring latch.
0660727
Louvers, Non-Standard Location, Per
Compartment

COMPARTMENT LOUVER, NON-STANDARD LOCATION
The louver(s) located in the
P
8 and D
7 compartments will be provided
rear inboard wall of D
7 and
P
8 , these shall be installed on the removable air tank cover within each compartment. . The
quantity of louvers with non-standard locations is
two (
2 )
.
0027093
Rack, Air Bags Inside Compartment,
6-Slot

AIR BAG STORAGE
There will be a rack installed for storing six (
6 ) air bags in the
D
4 mounted on the floor extension
centered
compartment.

The rack will be fabricated from
painted Nightspots
909017
.
125
" aluminum. The fire department
will provide exact sizes of air bags prior to construction. The size of the air bags will be (
2 ) @
24 "
x
25 " x

1.00 ", (
2 ) @
21 " x
20 " x

1.00 ", (
1 ) @
15 " x
22 " x

1.00 ", (
1 ) @
7 " x
7 " x.

1.00 (air bag size)
.
0050308
Rear of Body, Smooth Aluminum
Sheet

REAR WALL
The entire rear surface of the apparatus and all the doors will be covered with smooth aluminum. 0796214
Floor Extension, Compartment, 2.00"
Downturned Lip

FLOOR EXTENSION
There will be a compartment floor extension provided. The floor extension will extend from the area over the frame rails to within an inch of the compartment door. The floor extension will have a

2.00 " vertical downturned lip and a

1.00 " return flange.

A total of
four (
4 )
will be provided and located
LS
4 and RS
5 .
44 942
Bid #:

0796215
Floor Extension, Compartment, 1.00"
Upturned Lip

1.00 " vertical upturned lip and no return flange.

A total of
one (
1 )
will be provided and located
D
6 rear of vertical partition to support the pike pole
storage
.
0796216
Floor Extension, Compartment, 1.00"
Downturned Lip

1.00 " vertical downturned lip and no return flange.

A total of
one (
1 )
will be provided and located
D
6 rear of vertical partition to support the pike pole
storage
.
0013202
Strap, Nylon w/Velcro

STRAP
There will be
twelve (
12 )
black

2.00 " wide nylon strap(s) provided
sized to hold two (
2 ) blowers on
the floor tray in P
3 - size to be determined at post paint, match
28976
, two to restrain the air bags
in D
4 , and
8 mounted to restrain the SCBA bottles in D
2 . The strap(s) will be fastened with Velcro
in the center.
0027090
Tracks, Equipment Mounting,
Horizontal

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be
eight (
8 ) sets of tracks
for mounting equipment. These tracks will be installed
horizontally on the back wall of the compartment(s).

The compartment(s) with mounting tracks will be
on the two trays in D
4 /P
5 . Mount four of them
per tray as if the tool board was being installed. Customer is providing tool board from 28976
.
0004016
Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side of
Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be

2.12 " high with

1.38 " flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0510626
Fender Crowns, Rear, S/S, Wider
Than Standard

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. These fender crowns must be wide enough to prevent splashing onto the body from the specified tires.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.
0558496
Handrails, Access to Tiller Cab, U-
Shaped, Knurled Aluminum, Front
Each Side

TILLER CAB HANDRAILS
A U-shaped handrail will be installed on each side of the truck on the forward side of the tiller cab access steps. The handrail will extend upward from the existing tiller cab handrail and form a U- shape approximately

10.00 " high above the top of the body. The standard handrail will be provided on the rearward side of the steps. Handrails will be

1.25 " diameter anodized aluminum
extrusion, with a knurled design, to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. 0505105
Handle, Grab, Chrome, Each

CHROME GRAB HANDLE
One (
1 ) handrail
, chrome plated grab handle, will be mounted
on top of the hinged reservoir
compartment door centered
.
0004154
Handrail, Extra - 10" Long

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
Two (
2 ) handrails
,

10.00 " long, will be mounted
forward of D
2 and P
3 vertical for platform step
.

The handrail will be constructed out of knurled aluminum. 0024205
Holder, Air Bottle w/CRS Strap, Body
Compt Mount w/Tracks

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
Three (
3 ) brackets
will be provided for mounting air bottles. Each bracket will be a Ziamatic, model UN-
6-30-3
-SF, and contain a collision restraint strap. It will be mounted on tracks and used for adjusting the location of the bracket within the compartment. The brackets will be installed in compartment
one in P
1 , two shipped loose
.
0024210
Storage Bin, Air Bottle

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN
A storage bin will be provided for storage of
16 air bottles
. This storage bin will be installed
floor
of D
2 . Each separate air bottle storage compartment will be

7.50 " square x

23.00 " deep. The
storage bin will be formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Dura-surf. 45 942
Bid #:

0724007
SP
Storage Bin, Extinguisher, One, 45
Degree Tilt Out

EXTINGUISHER STORAGE BIN
A storage bin will be provided for storage of one (
1 ) hand held fire extinguisher. This storage bin
will be installed
PS compartment behind crew cab door (watercan) DS compartment behind crew cab door (drychem)
. Each bin will be size to hold an extinguisher that is the following diameter and height:

Watercan (PS)

24.5 " Tall x
8 " Diameter Dry Chem (DS)
24 " Tall x

8.5 " Diameter
. The
bin will tilt out
45 degrees and be formed out of aluminum with Dura-surf on the floor. 0004218
Ladder, 35' Duo-Safety 1200A 2-Sect

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be
two (
2 )

35 ' two (
2 ) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series
1200
-A extension ladder(s)
provided.
0010406
Ladder, 28' Duo-Safety 1200A 2-
Section

AERIAL EXTENSION LADDERS
There will be
two (
2 )

28 ' two (
2 ) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series
1200
-A extension ladder(s)
provided and located
in the ladder storage compartment
.
0074230
Ladder, 20' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

20 ' aluminum Duo-Safety Series
875
-A roof ladder(s) provided.
0654575
Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety 775-DR Roof

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

10 ' aluminum roof ladder(s), Series
775
, with roof hooks on both ends
provided
aerial base section
.
0044235
Ladder, 16' Duo-Safety 875A Roof

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

16 ' roof, aluminum, Series
875
-A provided.
0024233
Not Required, Attic Extension Ladder

0004246
Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding, 585A

AERIAL FOLDING LADDER
There will be
one (
1 )

10 ' aluminum Duo-Safety Series
585
-A folding ladder(s) provided and
located
in the ladder storage compartment
.
0680193
Ladder Storage, Vertically Hinged
Doors, Smooth Alum, Grabber Door
Brkt, Tiller

GROUND LADDER STORAGE
The ground ladders will be removable from the center rear of the apparatus.

The ladders will be individually stored in stainless steel slides and will be arranged in such a manner that any one (
1 ) ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack.

Vertically hinged double lap doors will be provided at the rear to close the ladder compartment.

Doors will be of double pan aluminum construction. Single sheet aluminum doors will not be considered.

The lock door will be latched with Eberhard latches with "D" ring handles. There will be a Cast Products grabber door stay bracket provided on the outside of each door to hold it in the open position.
0568188
SP
Trough(s), Additional Equipment
Storage, Compartment DS Rear Wall,
Tiller

STORAGE TROUGHS
There will be
two (
2 )
stainless steel trough(s) provided in
driver side
. The trough(s) will be sized
to fit
6 ' Nupla Vent Hookl RH-
6 DA and
10 ' Nupla Vent Hook RH-
10 DA
.
0602100
Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage,
Pierce LED Strip Lights, 2 Lts

LADDER STORAGE LIGHTING
There will be

21.00 " white
12 volt DC LED strip lights in the torque box ladder storage compartment. One (
1 ) light will be provided on each side of the ladder storage area.

The lights will be activated when the ladder storage compartment door is opened. 0024245
Trough, Mounting Folding Ladder

FOLDING LADDER TROUGH
A stainless steel trough will be provided for mounting the folding ladder. 0661513
SP
Door, Lift Up, Extend Past 90
Degrees, Tiller

LADDER STORAGE DOOR
The lift up ladder storage door will open past
90 degrees.
46 942
Bid #:

0889410
SP
Compt, Above Rr Comp, T/P, Lift Past
90 Drs,Stokes & Ladder,Ea Side
Acc,Till

COMPARTMENT FOR STOKES & LADDER STORAGE
A treadplate compartment assembly will be provided for the storage of a stokes basket and a ladder. The box will be divided in the center to provide two ( 2 ) separate storage areas. The
compartment will be located on top of the rear body, forward of the boom support. The overall length of the box will be
the width of the top of the rear body
.

The
rear
area will store a stokes basket that is

84.50 " long x

24.00 " wide x

7.50 " high
. The stokes
will be centered in the box (as applicable).

The
front
area will store a
Little Giant Classic Model
17 -
10102
. The ladder will be stored toward
the
left
side of the apparatus. There will be a vertical partition in this area to allow miscellaneous storage opposite of the ladder, if applicable (depending on ladder length).

There will be two (
2 ) lift up
aluminum treadplate
doors on each side with a
D-handle latch
on each
door and pneumatic cylinders that allow the doors to lift up past 90 degrees.

The compartment will be reinforced so it can withstand the weight of a person. 0004999
Pike Pole, 12' Nupla, Fiberglass,
Featherlight, YPD-12

PIKE POLES -
12 FT
There will be
three (
3 )

12 foot Nupla YPD-
12 pike pole(s) wih featherlight handles provided. The
pike pole(s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment. 0024337
Pike Pole, 8' Nupla, Featherlight,
Aerial

PIKE POLES
two (
2 )
Eight foot Nupla Pike Pole(s): "Featherlite" handles
0014347
Pike Pole, 6' Nupla, Featherlight,
YPD-6, Aerial

PIKE POLE
6 FT
There will be
two (
2 )
Nupla
6 foot pike pole(s) with featherlight handles provided. The pike pole(s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment. 0548410
Not Required, Pole, Pike, 3'
0003071
Pike Pole, 6' Nupla, Roof Vent Hook,
RH-6DA, w/Aluminum D Handle

6 ' PIKE POLE
There will be
four (
4 )

6 ' Nupla Model RH-
6 DA fiberglass roof/vent rubbish hook with aluminum "D" handle provided.
0024892
Pike Pole, 6' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-6

PIKE POLE
There will be
two (
2 )
Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model RH-
6 ,
6 ' long New York Roof Hook with steel
handle and pry end provided and located
rear outboard pike pole compartment on driver side
.
0089339
Pike Pole, 10' Nupla, Vent Hook, RH-
10DA, w/D Handle
-
one (1)
10 foot Nupla Ventilation Hook(s): Fiberglass w/"D" handle 0770577
Pike Pole Tubes, in Torque
Box/Ladder Storage, Aluminum

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be aluminum tubing provided in the torque box/ladder storage area for a total of two (
2 )
pike poles.

If the head of a pike pole can come into contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0811101
SP
Pike Pole Storage Rack, Transverse
Compt (No Poles), (4) Troughs/(2)
Tubes

PIKE POLE STORAGE RACK
A storage rack will be provided in the transverse compartment located Match Job
28796
deleted
option
607374
. The rack will consist of four (
4 ) troughs and two (
2 ) tubes. The troughs will be
mounted one above the other with the tubes side by side above the top trough. 0779224
SP
Trough for D-Handled Pike Pole

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Stainless steel trough(s) will be provided for the storage of two (
2 ) pike poles
. The pike poles to
be stored will be
One (
1 ) Nupla
10 ' D handle rubbish hook and One (
1 ) Nupla
6 ' D Handle
Rubbish Hook
. The trough(s) will be installed
Drive side rear storage compartment ( Match Job #
28976
)
.
0565794
SP
Compt, Pike Pole, BackBoard,
Miscellaneous, Storage, DS Rear
Wall, Tiller

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
There will be storage for pike poles, backboard, and miscellaneous items provided at the rear, in the upper portion of the left side rear wall.

The compartment will be equipped with aluminum tubing for storage of six ( 6 ) pike poles. The
pike poles being stored in this compartment will be make/model and sized; two (
2 )
6 ' Nupla
Featherlight, two (
2 )
8 ' Nupla Featherlight, two (
2 )
6 ' Fire Hooks New York Roof Hook
.

The backboard will be

74.00 " long x

21.00 " wide x

3.00 " high
.

Each compartment will have a single pan smooth aluminum vertically hinged, to outside of the body, door with lift and turn latch.
0004361
Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of
two (
2 ) pike poles
and will be located
in ladder
storage compartment
. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
47 942
Bid #:

0010458
Platform, Slide Out, 500 lb Capacity,
w/Morton Cass

SLIDE-OUT PLATFORM
Two (
2 ) slideout platforms
will be provided. The capacity rating will be
500#
in the extended
position. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. Each platform will be made of .
12 polished aluminum treadplate with a Morton Cass insert to provide a non-skid surface.

There will be
an Amdor Model AY-LB-
12 HW
0 **
white
12 volt DC LED light provided to illuminate
the ground area.

The location will be
under LS
2 & RS
3 (to assist in removing the stokes basket and Little Giant ladder)
.
0067658
Not Required, Step, Slide-Out Pump
Op. Platform
0665700
Light, Slide-Out Pump Operator Step,
Not Required
0046495
Not Required, Pump Access, No
Pump
0001836
No Light, No Pump Compartment

0606694
Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (
2 ) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing

0.38 " tubing. A pressure protection
valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606835
Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, Outboard (Pos
#1 & #7)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, towards the outside. 0757092
Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757076
Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, RS

Right side lanyard. The
lanyard to be a nylon rope
.
0757084
Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring

Steering wheel horn ring with electric/air horn selector switch 0815744
Control, Air Horn, Push Button Sw,
Turntable
Push button switch located at the aerial turntable. The control to be available when the parking
brake is applied
.
0039704
Air Horn Switch As Primary/Electric
Horn As Secondary

AIR HORN SWITCHING
The air horns will be the default from the horn ring when the battery switch is turned on. The electric chassis horns will be secondary.
0819013
Siren, Code 3 3692 100/200W, Other
Speaker, Non-NFPA 2024

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A "Code
3 ", model
3692
, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on.

NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, Section

10.8.1.1 requires the siren manufacturer to certify the siren as meeting the requirements of SAE J
1849
,
Emergency Vehicle Sirens
.

Per the fire department specification, the siren and siren speaker come from separate manufacturers and a certification is therefore invalid. The apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA
1900
standards at time of contract execution.
0510206
Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be
recessed in the overhead console above the engine tunnel on the driver side
.
0076156
Control, Elec Siren, Head Only
The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0601330
Speaker, (1) Federal, ES100C
w/ESFMT-EF Recess Mnt & S/S
Grille

SPEAKER
There will be one (
1 ) Federal Signal DynaMax®, Model ES
100
,
100
watt speaker provided. The
speaker will use a Federal Signal, Model ESFMT-EF, recess mount with stainless steel grille. The speaker will be
connected to the siren amplifier
.
48 942
Bid #:

0601552
Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Outside
Frame,Inbrd (Pos 2)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0895281
Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213
Sol

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q
2 B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q
2 B siren will be
chrome finish
.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge cable connected to a Littelfuse part number
24213
power solenoid
that is connected by a
2 -gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q
2 B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q
2 B- at the battery.
0006097
Location of Siren, Recessed in
Bumper
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the left side
. The siren will be
properly supported using the bumper framework.
0748305
Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748281
Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS

Right side foot switch.
0748282
Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS

Left side foot switch.
0740391
Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, RS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0746353
Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0605488
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81",
RRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 )

81.00 " Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (
1 ) red steady burning LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

Open in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (
1 )
795
LED traffic light controller set to
national standard high priority
in the center positions.

Open in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (
1 ) red steady burning LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

There will be
clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar .

The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller
by a cab switch with emergency master control
.
no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller .

The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The six (
6 ) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0605598
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-

21.5", RRRRR RRRRR

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 )

21.50 " Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the roof, one ( 1 ) on
each side,
over the crew cab doors
.

Each lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the inside front corner position.

There will be
lenses that are the same color as the LEDs included on the lightbar .

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.

These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 49 942
Bid #:

0067509
SP
Switch, Additional for Lightbar
An additional switch will be provided in the cab that will allow the operator to control the passenger side overhead for the floodlights in the lightbar portion of the lightbar.
0761731
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6**
M6** M6**, 4lts Q Bezel, Clr Fet

FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) pair of Whelen, Model M
6 **, LED lights installed on the cab face above the
headlights, in a common bezel matching the one for the headlamps. The housing to be polished
and the trim shall be chrome
.

The
driver's side front outside warning light to be red
The
driver's side front inside warning light to be red
The
passenger's side front inside warning light to be red
The
passenger's side front outside warning light to be red
The color of the lenses will be
clear
There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when
the hi-beam headlight switch is activated
or when the
parking brake is set.
0746667
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
M6**, 4Lts

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " long x

1.37 " deep flashing LED
warning lights with
black trim
installed per the following:

Two (
2 ) lights located,
one (
1 ) each side on the front custom cab corner
. The
driver's side, side
front light to include red warning LEDs
and the
passenger's side, side front light to include red
warning LEDs
.

Two (
2 ) lights located,
one (
1 ) each side above rear wheels
. The
driver's side, side rear light to
include red warning LEDs
and the
passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs .

The
warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0750408
Lights, Side, Wln PS*01FCR LED 1st

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
six (
6 )
Whelen® Model PS*
01 FCR,

1.68 " high x

11.11 " wide x

0.52 " deep flashing
LED warning light(s) with
black trim
and clear lenses provided on the side of the apparatus, in
rubrail centered below D
1 , D
3 /D
4 , D
5 /D
6 , P
1 , P
4 /P
5 , P
6 /P
7 .

The
light(s) to include red flashing LEDs
.

These lights will be controlled by the side zone lower switch in the cab.

White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

Amber, blue, green and red LEDs may be load manages when the parking brake is applied. 0630020
SP
Lights, Side, Wln M6* LED, Prk Brk
Deactivation

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen®, Model M
6 * LED flashing warning light(s) with bezel(s) provided behind the crew cab doors
.

The color of the lights will be
red
.

The lens colors will be
the same color as the LED's
.

These lights will be activated with the Side Zone Lower warning lights.

These lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied. 0540777
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,
Colored Lens

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
Two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
6 * LED flashing warning lights with chrome bezels will be located at the rear of the apparatus.

The
driver's side rear light to be red
.

The
passenger's side rear light to be red
.

Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0088745
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln L31HRFN
LED Beacon, Red LED

REAR/SIDE ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model L
31 H*FN, LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, located one (
1 ) each side. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons.

The color of the lights will be red LEDs with
both domes red
.
0006551
Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0791528
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65,

36.00" Long, TACTL5

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen®, Model TAL
65 ,

36.00 " long x

2.87 " high x

2.25 " deep, amber LED
traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen, Model TACTL
5 , control head will be included with this installation.

The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The
auxiliary flash not activated
.
50 942
Bid #:

0529278
Location, TDL, Surface Mounted
This traffic directing light will be surface mounted at the rear of the apparatus. 0530282
Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0006646
Electrical System, 120/240VAC,
General Design
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN for ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the
120/240
VAC system installation:

General
Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric power at
60 cycles plus or minus
3 cycles.

Except where superseded by the requirements of the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70 ,
National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC).

Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed.

Grounding
Grounding will be in accordance with Section
250-6
"Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators"
of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding.

An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-91
(Grounding
Conductor Material) of the NEC.

The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6
(Means of Identifying Grounding
Conductors) of the NEC.

In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of
115
percent of the nameplate current rating of
the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15
(amp capacities) of the NEC. A
single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used.

All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source.

Operation
Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place.

Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position.

A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the following information:

Rated voltage(s) and type (ac or dc)
Phase
Rated frequency
Rated amperage
Continuous rated watts
Power source engine speed
Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445
(Generators) of
the NEC.

Overcurrent protection
The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144.00
" (
3658
mm) in length.

For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of
194
degree Fahrenheit (
90 degrees Celsius).

For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for
600
-volts at
194
degrees Fahrenheit (
90 degrees Celsius).

Wiring Methods
Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following:

Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194
degrees Fahrenheit
(
90 degrees Celsius)
or
Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at
600
volts at not less than
194
degrees
Fahrenheit (
90 degrees Celsius)
Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring will be run as follows.

Separated by a minimum of

12.00 " (
305
mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping
Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of

6.00 " (
152
mm) distance
Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within

6.00 " (
152
mm) of any junction box and at a
minimum of every

24.00 " (
610
mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle.

Wiring Identification
All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size.

Wet Locations
All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power 51 942
Bid #:

distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section
210-7
"Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC.

All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than

24.00 " (
610
mm) from the ground.

Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of

30.00 " (
762
mm) from the ground.

The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position.

Dry Locations
All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than

30.00 " (
762
mm) above the interior floor height.

All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage ( 120
-volts or
240
-volts) and the current
rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked.

Listing
All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498
, Standard for Safety Attachment
Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service.

Electrical System Testing
The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system.

The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of
900
-volts for one (
1 ) minute. The test will be conducted between live
parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed.

Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made.

Operational Test per Current Edition NFPA Standard
The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by an independent third-party certification organization.

The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to
100
percent of the nameplate rating.

The power source will be operated at
100
percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two
(
2 ) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards will be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. 0529588
Generator, Harrison 8kW, 8.0MAS-
16R/D-11011/15/1, Hydraulic, Hotshift
PTO

GENERATOR
The apparatus will be equipped with a complete AC (alternating current) electrical power system. The generator will be a Harrison Model

8.0 MAS-
16 R/D-
11011/15/1
,
8,000
watt hydraulic
driven unit.

The generator will be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic pump and motor.

The hydraulic engagement supply will be operational
at any time (no interlocks)
.

An electric/hydraulic valve will supply hydraulic fluid to the clutch engagement unit provided on the chassis PTO drive.

Generator Instruments and Controls
To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel will be furnished and mounted
near the circuit breaker panel
.
0096833
SP
Location, Hydraulic Generator,
Forward Compt,Tiller

GENERATOR LOCATION
The generator will be mounted as high as possible in the center transverse area of the forward tiller trailer compartment. An opening will be made from the overhead. Structure to the torque box area will be either reinforced or constructed in such a manner, that it will handle the additional weight of the generator. The front wall of the compartment will have knockouts for air flow. The transverse areas in the compartment will be sealed to keep water out of the compartment.

GENERATOR COVER
An aluminum treadplate surround will be provided to conceal the generator. Adequate louvers or knockouts will be provided for cooling the generator.
0016752
Starting Sw, Truck Engine Powered
Gen, Cab Sw Pnl

GENERATOR START
There will be a switch provided on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator. 0511739
SP
Remote Start, Hydraulic Generator,
PTO and Field - SAME SWITCH

GENERATOR REMOTE START
A remote start switch will be provided
in the cab switch panel, at the aerial turntable and in the tiller cab
to engage the hydraulic generator PTO and field. A light at each switch location will be provided to indicate that the generator is running. There will be one switch only. 0016740
Not Required, Fuel System
0016767
Not Required, Oil Drain Extension,
Generator
52 942
Bid #:

0036738
Circuit Breaker Panel, Included With
PTO Generator

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
The circuit breaker panel will be located
high on the right wall of compartment LS
3 .
0016771
Not Required, Routing Exhaust,
Generator
0779722
Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior
Body
120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
two (
2 )
,
15/20
amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with
an interior stainless steel wall plate
, installed
One (
1 ) LS
3 and One (
1 ) RS
4 Match Job
28976
. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
shoreline inlet
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0779561
SP
Receptacle Strip, 15A 120V 6-Place,
Shoreline

POWER OUTLET STRIP
There will be
two (
2 )
receptacle strip(s) with six (
6 )
15 amp
120
volt AC straight blade receptacles
provided
One (
1 ) - LS
3 TBD at pre-con (see signed AD) One (
1 ) - RS
4 TBD at pre-con (see
signed AD)
.

The strip(s) selected will be powered directly from the shoreline inlet.

There will be a label installed near the strip(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0006790
Receptacle, 20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr TL,
L5-20R Wtrprf
120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
two (
2 )
,
20 amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire twist lock receptacle(s) with waterproof
flip up cover(s) installed
on the left side of the rear body bulkhead and on the right side of the rear body bulkhead
. The NEMA configuration for the receptacles will be L
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
on board generator
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0581812
Receptacle, 30A 240V 3-Pr 3-Wr TL,
L6-30R, Sw Loc, 2 Sw, Wtrprf

240

VOLT SWITCHED RECEPTACLE
There will be
one (
1 )

30 amp,
240
volt AC three (
3 ) wire twist lock receptacle(s) with waterproof
flip up cover(s) installed near the hydraulic power suppl(ies), P
6 near the power supply location
on lower back wall
. The NEMA configuration for the receptacles will be L
6-30
R.

There will be two (
2 ) switches provided to allow the power suppl(ies) to be plugged in at all times, with the power supply switch turned on and controlled by the remote switches located D
5 and P
6 exact location TBD at precon
.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the generator.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519544
Brand, Hydraulic Tool System, Hurst
Low Pressure
0648232
SP
Power Supply, Hurst JL-SE, 240
VAC, 5,000 PSI

HYDRAULIC POWER SUPPLY
A Hurst, Model JL-SE,
240
volt,
5000
psi hydraulic power supply will be provided.

The unit will be capable of operating four (
4 ) tools simultaneously or two (
2 ) tools with turbo
function which doubles the flow of hydraulic fluid to two ( 2 ) tools in order to increase speed.

The power supply will be provided with a quick disconnect for the electrical plug and Streamline® mono-coupling connections for the hydraulic lines. Each mono-coupling will be made of machined aluminum and hardened steel. The mono-coupling system will have an interlocking push-twist positive locking capability allowing the twin hose to be connected into a single coupling for safe and quick connection of hydraulic hoses. Only the female mono couplings are mounted on the connecting block of the unit.

A total of quantity of
one (
1 )
will be provided
P
6 floor mount towards the rear floor area, mount
the unit where the streamline connections are facing forward - match 28976

.
53 942
Bid #:

0652376
Hose, Hydraulic, Parflex, Low
Pressure, All Sizes, Twin Line,
Connection

HYDRAULIC HOSE
A high pressure aramid non-conductive hose will be plumbed from the hydraulic power unit to the reel/outlet. The hose will meet SAE J
343
for less than
50 microamps of leakage under
75,000

volts per foot, and will also meet or exceed SAE
100
R
8 specifications. The hose construction will
consist of a polymeric core tube, aramid braid reinforcement, and abrasion-resistant urethane cover. All layers will be permanently bonded. Minimum burst pressure will be 20,000
psi (
1,380

bar) with a
4:1
operational safety factor. Appropriate couplings will be installed for quick connection of the power unit.

A total of
two (
2 )
section(s) of hose will be provided for the reel(s)/outlet(s) located D
5 and P
6 .

The color of the hose(s) will be:
hose
1 green/green
hose
2 orange/orange
hose
3 no hose required
hose
4 no hose required
hose
5 no hose required
hose
6 no hose required
The brand, model and age of tool being used with this hose will be Hurst
.
0652357
Hose, Hydraulic, 150', Dual Parker-
Hannifin, 5K

DUAL HYDRAULIC HOSE
A
150
' section of low pressure aramid braided hose will be provided. The hose will be Parflex 528
N lightweight, kink resistant, permanently bonded, non-conductive hose constructed of a polymeric tube core with abrasion resistant urethane cover. The hose will be rated for 5,000
psi
working pressure and will exceed SAE
100
R
8 specifications. The hose will meet the SAE J
343

standard for less than
50 microamps leakage under
75,000
volts per foot. All layers are
permanently bonded with a
20,000
psi minimum burst pressure. The hose provide will provide a 4:1
operational safety factor.

The hose will be one (
1 ) continuous length without unions and will be equipped with quick connection type fittings at the tool end.

A total of
two (
2 )
section(s) of hose will be provided.

The color of the hose(s) will be:

Hose One (
1 ):
green/green
Hose Two (
2 ):
orange/orange
Hose Three (
3 ):
no hose required
Hose Four (
4 ):
no hose required
Hose Five (
5 ):
no hose required
Hose Six (
6 ):
no hose required
The brand, model and age of tool(s) being used with the hose(s) will be Hurst JLE
.
0653543
Reel, Hydraulic, Hannay, 150' Cap,
.25" Dual Hose (Any Make Tool)

HYDRAULIC REEL WITH CAPACITY FOR
150
' OF HOSE
A hydraulic hose reel will be provided. The reel will be operated by a 12 volt electric motor
controlled by a rewind switch. The motor will be protected by a circuit breaker and the rewind circuit will be protected by a fuse. The switch will be installed at a height not to exceed

72.00 "
above the operator's standing position. The switch will be guarded to prevent accidental operation.

The reel capacity will be a minimum of
150
' of

0.25 " inside diameter dual hydraulic hose.

Surfaces where the hose comes in contact with the reel roller will be constructed of either stainless steel, chrome plated steel or plastic.

No guide is required on the reel assembly
. A ball stop will be provided to prevent the hose from being wound around the reel.

A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will indicate maximum flow pressure and total length of hose installed on the reel.

A total of
two (
2 ) reels
will be installed
on ceiling in center of D
5 /P
6 , one to payout D
5 and other
to payout P
6 - Match
28976
.

The reel will be designed for a
Hurst, new
.
0599505
Fluid, Hurst Hydraulic, One Gallon of
Hurst Blue, (180R017) (fills 1 reel)

HYDRAULIC FLUID
One (
1 ) gallon of Hurst Blue hydraulic fluid will be provided. The fluid will be fire resistant, non- corrosive, electrically non-conductive and maintains viscosity over a wide range of temperatures.

A total of
four (
4 )
will be provided.
0596037
Switch, Hydraulic Power Supply,
240V Receptacle

RECEPTACLE CONTROL SWITCH
An on/off
12 volt toggle switch with an independent indicator light will be provided. The switch will control a
240
V receptacle (through a relay) that will provide power for the hydraulic power unit.

The switch(es) will be provided on a bracket.

There will be a total of
two (
2 )
switch(es) provided
in a box next to the reel rewind switches, one
per side of D
5 and P
6 .
0503617
SP
Switch, Second IATS, To Control Reel
Rewind

SECOND REEL REWIND SWITCH
There will be a redundant button switch to control the reel rewind. one each side (total of two switches each side, one for each reel) .

A total of
two (
2 )
will be provided.
0057807
Roller Guide for Reel, Mounted on
Slide Out Tray

ROLLER GUIDE
To aid in the payout of the hose from the reel, a roller assembly will be installed on the end of a slide out tray in the compartment housing the reel.

There will be
four (
4 )
individual roller assembly(ies) provided
D
5 /P
6 on the two-way slide out tray
in each corner
.
54 942
Bid #:

0640704
SP
Captive Roller Guide, Two Reels,
Mounted on Bracket, Connected to
Side Cmpt Wall

ROLLER GUIDE BRACKET
To aid in the payout hose from the reels, a captive roller assembly will be installed on a bracket.

The bracket will be connected from the side wall to the side wall in D
5 /P
6 - see photo
. There will
be two (
2 ) captive roller assemblies provided on this bracket for the reels that are located above the bracket.
0893414
SP
Aerial, 100' Heavy Duty Ladder, Tiller
(500 dry/500 water)
FOUR (
4 )-SECTION
100

FOOT TRACTOR-DRAWN AERIAL LADDER

CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The aerial device will be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms will not be considered.

These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than
50%
of the minimum yield strength of the material based
on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1
structural safety factor meets the
current NFPA standard.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non-ductile material will have a design stress of not more than
20%
of the minimum ultimate strength of the material,
based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1
safety factor meets
the current NFPA standard.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1

safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above
2:1
during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12
. Wire ropes will be
constructed of seven (
7 ) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning.

With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder.

The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows.

All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes.

The aerial device will be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 50 mph and icing
conditions of up to a .
25 " coating over the aerial structure.

All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data:
- Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device
- Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device:
- Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material - Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification
- All welded structural components for the ladder will be traceable to their mill lots.

LADDER CONSTRUCTION
The ladder is comprised of four (
4 ) sections.

The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 500
pounds at the tip in the
unsupported configuration, based upon
360
degree rotation, up to full extension and from -
8 degrees to +
75 degrees.

The ladder will be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum 70,000
pounds per
square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural members.

Each section will be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing.

All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional rigidity.

The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be:
- Base Section

39.00 "
- Lower Mid Section

32.25 "
- Upper Mid Section

26.62 "
- Fly Section

21.62 "
The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be:
- Base Section

26.75 "
- Lower Mid Section

22.87 "
- Upper Mid Section

20.25 "
- Fly Section

17.50 "
The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground. The end of the fly section will be constructed in a manner that aids personnel in climbing off the ladder.

The egress section will be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on for easy replacement.

VERTICAL HEIGHT
The ladder shall extend to a minimum height of
100
' above the ground at
75 degrees. The
measurement of height shall be consistent with NFPA standards.

HORIZONTAL REACH
The rated horizontal reach shall be
95 '
1 ". The measurement of horizontal reach shall be
consistent with NFPA standards.

TURNTABLE
The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel 55 942
Bid #:

structure will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position. The turntable platform will be approximately

96.00 " wide
by

72.00 " long.

The turntable will be coated with an non-skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas.

The stepping surfaces will meet the skid-resistance requirements of the current NFPA standard.

The turntable handrails will be a minimum

42.00 " high and will not increase the overall travel
height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface.

A foot switch will be located at the turntable control console to allow hydraulic flow to the aerial device. The foot switch will be protected by a cover to prevent accidental activation. Activation of the foot switch is necessary for aerial operation.

ELEVATION SYSTEM
Two (
2 ) double acting lift cylinders will be utilized to provide smooth precise elevation from 8 degrees below horizontal to
75 degrees above horizontal.

The lift cylinders will have a

6.00 " internal diameter (bore), a .
50 " wall thickness, a

4.50 " diameter
cylinder rod and a

34.84 " stroke.

The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located on the cylinder to prevent the unit from falling should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system.

The lift cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The bearings will help reduce pin wear.

Ladder tip speed is automatically decelerated at angles above 60 degrees reducing "tip-lash".

The pivot pins will be stainless steel and

2.25 " in diameter. Each elevation pin will be stainless steel with a greaseless ladder pivot pin.

EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM
A full hydraulic powered extension and retraction system will be provided using two ( 2 ) hydraulic
cylinders and wire ropes.

Each set is capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure to the other.

The extension cylinder will have a

3.00 " internal diameter (bore),

1.75 " diameter rod and a
134.00
" stroke.

Extension and retraction will be internally limited within the cylinders, eliminating excess strain on wire ropes, sheaves and the ladder structure.

Each of the cylinders, wire ropes and sheave assemblies will be completely independent of the other, so as to provide a safety factor wherein a failure of one assembly will not affect the function and operation of the other.

The extension cylinders are equipped with counter balance valves to synchronize the cylinders for smoother operation and prevent the unit from retracting should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system. The cylinders will also have internal deceleration valves, to cushion the movement of the cylinder when approaching full extension or retraction. All extension/retraction pins will have a corrosion-preventative, QPQ black finish.

The extension cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings.

The reeling of the wire rope will be such as to provide synchronized, simultaneous movement of all sections to full extension.

The extension/retraction wire ropes will be
7 -flex galvanized with stainless steel threaded ends,
and will possess the following characteristics:
- Lower Mid Section .
50 diameter,
26,200
lb breaking strength
- Upper Mid Section .
38 " diameter,
14,880
lb breaking strength
- Fly Section .
31 " diameter,
10,380
lb breaking strength
Wear pads made of polymer material will be used between the telescoping sections for maximum weight distribution, strength and smoothness of operation.

Adjustment screws are provided on the wear pads to permit proper side alignment.

All sheaves will be plastic and greaseless and all sheave pins and pivot pins will be stainless steel.

ROTATION SYSTEM
A

46.00 " diameter, external tooth, monorace, slewing ring bearing will be used for the rotation system. The gear teeth will be a stub tooth form.

The bearing will provide
360
degree continuous rotation.

The turntable will be bolted to the bearing using
36 SAE Grade
8 , .
875
" diameter bolts.

To secure the bearing to the base support
36 Grade
8 , .
875
" diameter bolts will be used.

The turntable base and the torque box bearing plate will be machined to fit the bearing thereby providing even distribution of forces.

A hydraulically driven, planetary gear box with a drive speed reducer will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel.

The gearbox will have a torque rating of
130,000
pounds per square inch.

A spring applied, hydraulically released disc type swing brake will be furnished to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly.

Provisions will be made for auxiliary operation of the system in case of prime mover failure.

The hydraulic system is equipped with pressure relief valves which will limit the rotational torque to a non-destructive power.

ROTATION INTERLOCK
A permanently installed prevention mechanism will be provided as part of the rotation system to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed or are short-jacked.

The mechanism will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial in the 180
degree area on the
side(s) where the stabilizers have been fully deployed.

The system will also have a manual override to comply with NFPA.

LOAD CAPACITIES
The following load capacities will be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles. Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360
degree rotation.

A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY DRY
Degrees of
Elevation
-
8 to
9 10
to
19 20
to
29 56
942
Bid #:

30 to
39 40
to
49 50
to
59 60
to
69 70
to
75 Egress
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Fly
-
-
-
-
250
250
750
1000
Upper Mid
-
-
-
250
250
500
1000
1000
Lower Mid
-
-
250
250
500
750
1000
1000
Base
-
250
250
500
750
1000
1000
1000
50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY CHARGED
Degrees of
Elevation
-
8 to
9 10
to
19 20
to
29 30
to
39 40
to
49 50
to
59 60
to
69 70
to
75 Egress
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
Fly
-
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
Upper Mid
-
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
57 942
Bid #:

Lower Mid
-
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
Base
-
-
250
500
750
1000
1000
1000
The tip capacity will be reduced to zero when flowing water with the nozzle above the waterway centerline.

BOOM SUPPORT
A heavy-duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support. In the stowed position, the ladder tip will be not less than

11.00 " below horizontal for unsurpassed visibility and safety while maneuvering the apparatus. 0762413
Light, Boom Support, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW012, 12" LED

AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumen,
12 " long, white LED strip light
mounted on the boom support cradle. This light will be activated when the aerial master switch is activated.
0755127
Tie Down, Rope, Per Pair, 9000lb
Rating, Trailer Gooseneck, Tiller

ROPE TIE DOWN AT GOOSENECK
There will be
two (
2 ) pairs
of rope tie downs provided
each side of the tiller gooseneck in the
forward and rearward locations
. Equal quantities will be provided on each side. The tie downs will be rated for a straight line pull of
9000
lb and will be
chrome plated
.
0619238
SP
Cover, Boom Support Wiring, 4Way,
Tiller

COVER FOR BOOM SUPPORT WIRING
The exposed wiring at the rear of the tiller boom support will be covered by an aluminum treadplate cover.
0663833
Boom Support, Raised, Tiller

SPECIAL HEIGHT BOOM SUPPORT
A special height boom support will be provided to raise the aerial device to clear the generator
above the gooseneck
.
0663892
Scuffplate, Aerial Boom Support, Top
and Sides

BOOM SUPPORT SCUFFPLATES
There will be scuffplates provided on the top and sides of the aerial boom support that come into contact with the aerial device. The scuffplates will be DA finished
.
0680821
Boom Panel, Pair

AERIAL BOOM PANEL
There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted
#90
red
.

The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes.
0526886
Indicator, Extension, Inside Handrails
Only, Every 10'

EXTENSION INDICATOR
Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators will be provided along each inside top rail of the base section of the aerial every ten (
10 ) feet. They will indicate various positions of
extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators will be of a black

reflective material.
0723719
Steps, Folding, Four, Aerial Device,
Trident

FOLDING STEPS
One (
1 ) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps will be provided at the base of the fly section. The steps will be bright finished
with
a
luminescent tread coating, that is rechargeable from any light source and can hold a charge for up to
24 hours,
on the stepping surface. Each step will have
no integrated light
.
58 942
Bid #:

0688232
Rung Covers, Aerial Device

AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS
Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no-slip coating.

The rung covers will be glued to each rung and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged.

The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside

2.00 " edge at each side will
be
photoluminescent to assist in providing a light source for each rung during low light conditions .

Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets.

The rung covers will have a
10 -year, limited warranty.
0674963
Scabbard, Temporary Vent Saw
Storage, No Depth Gauge, Aerial
Ladder

TEMPORARY SCABBARD AT END OF AERIAL
There will be a total of
two (
2 )
vent saw scabbard(s) provided. The scabbard(s) will be mounted on
each side of the aerial egress
. The scabbard(s) will be DA finished.
0676785
Bracket Only, Rubbish Hook, Aerial
Fly Section

RUBBISH HOOK MOUNTING BRACKET
Mounting will be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for a rubbish hook.

The bracket will be sized to hold a
Nupla
12 ' roof vent rubbish hook with D handle
.
0678815
Brackets Only, Axe, 6lb or 8lb, Aerial
Fly Section

AXE MOUNTING BRACKETS
Brackets will be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for mounting a fire axe. The mounting plates will be D/A finished aluminum. 0663209
Inclinometer, Additional, Aerial Device

ADDITIONAL INCLINOMETER
There will be
one (
1 )
additional inclinometer(s) provided to indicate the degree of elevation of the aerial device. The inclinometer(s) will be located
on the outside of the base section on the
opposite side of the standard location
.

A light will be provided to illuminate the inclinometer. 0786841
Brackets Only, Roof/Fresno Ladder,
Base Section, Inboard of Boom Panel

LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS
Mounting will be provided on
the right side of the aerial device while viewed from the turntable for
storage of
one (
1 )
roof ladder(s). The bracket(s) will be located inboard of the boom panel at the base section. The bracket(s) will hold the boom panel as close to the base section as possible and include straps to secure the ladder.

The mounting brackets will accommodate a
10 ' Duo-Safety
775
-DR
roof ladder as determined by
the type of aerial device and the available space.
0893726
Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED,
Job Color Brackets

LIGHTS FOR TURNTABLE WALKWAY
There will be lights with white LEDs and
black housing
provided at the aerial turntable. The lights
will be located to illuminate the entire walking surface of the turntable including the area around the turntable console. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.

The light(s) that are installed with fabricated brackets, the brackets will be painted to match the mounting surface.
0762396
Light, Turntable Console, Amdor AY-
LB-12HW012, LED Strip Light

TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING
There will be one (
1 ), Amdor®, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
012
,
190
lumen,
12 " long, white LED light strip
mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower portion of the turntable control station. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.
0660526
SP
Hoist Rings, S/S, Forward Edge of
Turntable

HOIST RINGS
There will be two (
2 ) stainless steel hoist rings located on the forward edge (aerial side) of the turntable. One (
1 ) to be mounted on each side of the aerial device.

The hoist rings will be mounted on a stainless steel protective plate which is attached to the turntable deck.

The rating of each hoist ring will be a maximum of
1000
lb. There will be a label indicating this
rating provided next to the hoist rings.
0682164
Cover, Around Aerial Rotation
Bearing

ROTATION BEARING COVER
A cover will be fitted over the aerial rotation bearing and drive pinion gear(s). The cover will be aluminum treadplate
and attached to the underside of the turntable deck.
0642824
Guard, Aerial Ladder Extension
Control While Stowed, Tiller

LADDER EXTENSION CONTROL GUARD
A guard, fabricated from a stainless steel hinge will be installed at the forward end of the ladder extension control as a protective measure. This will allow the aerial operator at the turntable control console, to position the guard when the ladder is stowed preventing the aerial from extending into the tiller cab window.
59 942
Bid #:

0120788
Control Stations, 100'/105' Tiller

CONTROL STATION
There will be a turntable control station located on the right hand side of the turntable so the operator will be able to easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions within safe limits (as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards). The controls will be clearly marked and lighted for nighttime operation. A hinged aluminum cover will be provided. The momentary foot switch located at the turntable control station will activate the aerial function controls. They are capable of being operated independently or simultaneously.

The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified, illuminated, and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:
- Elevation, extension/retraction, and rotation controls - High idle switch
- Rung alignment indicator light
- Tip/Tracking lights
- Hydraulic system pressure gauge
- Indicator/Alarm test switch
- EPU switch
- Operator's load chart
- Stabilizer Not Fully Extended indicator light
- Monitor controls
- Aerial waterway flow meter
There will also be a minimum of two (
2 )
12 -volt work lights installed on the turntable to illuminate the surrounding area for nighttime operation. The work lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.

STABILIZER CONTROL STATION
There will be an easily accessible control station located at both the driver and passenger side of the apparatus. The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing at each control station. - Stabilizer controls for driver and passenger side
- Stabilizer Firm On Ground indicator lights
- Stabilizer Fully Extended indicator lights
- Inclinometer for grade and slope
- Stabilizer EPU switch
- High Idle switch
60 942
Bid #:

0662753
Stabilizers, 100'/105' HD Tractor
Drawn Steel Aerial, Split Pan, 17'
Spread

STABILIZERS
The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of two ( 2 ) hydraulically
operated out and down style stabilizers. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces.

The stabilizer/leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 17 ' measured from the centerline of
the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be

6.81 " wide x

8.88 " high
with

0.75 " thick top and bottom plates and

0.50 " thick sides of
100,000
-PSI minimum yield
strength steel. The cylinders will have pilot-operated check valves with thermal relief designed to insure that the beams will not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers.

The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions:

2.25 " bore,

1.38 " rod, and

57.25 "
stroke.

The vertical jack cylinders will be capable of

12.00 " ground penetration. The cylinders will be
supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves will be located in the cylinder base end, NOT in the transfer tube. Vertical jack cylinder rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions:

4.25 " bore,

3.00 " rod, and

28.88 " stroke.

Each stabilizer jack will have a pan that will be of the split-pan design and will be a maximum

12.50 " wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles.

This pan will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back
90 degrees for added strength.

Stabilizer Pads
The stabilizer footpad will be

12.00 " in diameter. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The footpad will have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in
any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain.

Auxiliary Stabilizer Pads
An auxiliary ground pad will be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads will be

24.00 " square and made from
lightweight composite material
.

The ground pressure will not exceed
75 lb per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position.

There will be one (
1 ) pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers.

Stabilizer Controls
An electrically controlled hydraulic valve will power stabilizer movement. The valve can also be manually controlled in the event of electrical malfunction. Hydraulic power override controls will be incorporated into the valve. The manual override mechanism will be completely sealed within the valve assembly to prevent any possibility of corrosion.

The stabilizer controls will be located to provide the operator with a full view of each stabilizer being positioned. Each stabilizer control panel will include the following:

In/out stabilizer beam control toggle switch
Up/down stabilizer jack control toggle switch
Emergency hydraulic power unit (EPU) control toggle switch High idle control toggle switch
Stabilizer fully extended LED indicator lights
Stabilizer planted LED indicator lights
As a safety device, an electrically actuated diverter valve will be provided. The hydraulic power will be diverted to the aerial ladder controls automatically the instant all stabilizer jacks are firmly planted on the ground. Once the aerial ladder is raised from the bedded position, the stabilizer hydraulic power is cut off so the stabilizers will not accidentally be moved while the aerial is being operated.

To aid in leveling the unit, two (
2 ) bubble type angle indicators will be located near the stabilizer controls. One (
1 ) indicator will show the angle of the truck from the front to rear and the other will show the side to side angle of the truck. The indicators will be color coded green to show when the truck has been properly leveled allowing the aerial device to be operated at full capacity.

A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm will be provided at each side of the body, activated by the stabilizer movement.

A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator light will be provided in the cab within view of the driver. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the vehicle if it is moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator light. This light will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed.
0728961
Stabilizer Pan Material

STABILIZER PAN MATERIAL
The aerial stabilizer pans will be
polished stainless steel
.
0530817
Aerial Stabilizer Pins

STABILIZER PINS
The stabilizer jacks will have holes for the stabilizer pins. 0779621
Doors, Stabilizer Control Box,
Valve/Electrical Distribution Box, Tiller

STABILIZER CONTROL BOX DOORS
There will be
polished stainless steel
doors hinged
along the forward edge
with a
flush lift and
turn latch
provided over each stabilizer control box.

VALVE/POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX ACCESS DOOR
There will be
polished stainless steel
doors with a
flush lift and turn latch
provided over the valve
and power distribution box doors. These doors will be bottom hinged. 61 942
Bid #:

0769589
SP
Lights, Stabilizer Pad Locator, Wln
Micro MPB*, Rec Stb S Pn, Cnt Ft

STABILIZER GROUND ILLUMINATION LIGHT
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen® Model MPB*,
4,100
lumens
12 volt DC light(s) provided. The light
(s) will be recessed in the stationary stabilizer pan(s) located, One (
1 ) DS and One (
1 ) PS
.

The light(s) will indicate where the stabilizer pad can be set down.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The light(s) will be activated
when the aerial master switch is activated
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0540495
Pads, Stabilizer, Modified to Slide On

STABILIZER PADS, MODIFIED
The
two (
2 )
auxiliary stabilizer pads will be modified so they can be installed on the bottom of the stabilizer. The auxiliary stabilizer pad holders on the truck will also be modified. 62 942
Bid #:

0121267
Hydraulic System, Tiller

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufactures certified technician. An assembly cell will be located on the premises where the technician can perform audits of the final aerial assembly for proper fitting torque and hose routing.

All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components.

Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000
psi and a burst pressure
rating of
16,000
psi.

The hydraulic oil will be a premium Multi-Vis product having a leading edge additive package, provide oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable and maximum anti-wear properties. All oil delivered to the manufacturing site will have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13
.

Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to
1000
SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance.

The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13
based on
the ISO
4406:1999
cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system.

Each aerial will include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing.

Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir.

The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on a

2.5 " liquid filled gauge, located on the
control console.

The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at
3,150
psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator
malfunctions, the secondary relief will prevent system damage.

HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders.

Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges.

Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1
to failure.

All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure.

HYDRAULIC PUMP
The hydraulic system will be supplied by a

4.6 cubic inch variable volume, load and pressure
compensating piston pump. The pump will be rated at a minimum of 5,365
psi peak pressure and
2,600
rpm. The pump will meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump will provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation.

EMERGENCY PUMP
The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump will be capable of running for
30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow
the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump.

AERIAL CONTROL VALVE
The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve will be manually controlled and be located in the control console with the handles protruding through the operating surface for operation. The activation handles will be spaced a minimum of

3.5 " for ease of operation. The valve spools will be
designed to bleed off downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper seating of any cylinder holding cartridge.

OIL RESERVOIR
The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of
40 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily
accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill cap will have a
40 micron filter to provide protection from contamination. A drain hose will be included and will terminate with a quarter turn ball valve.

Two suction ports will be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump. The main suction will be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100

mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port will be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation.

A six (
6 ) disc type magnetic drain will also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants.

A combination sight glass and thermometer will be mounted to the reservoir in an easily viewable location.

HIGH PRESSURE FILTER
The pressure filter will be rated for
6,000
psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A
90 psi bypass spring will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures.

The
5 Q filter element will be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating will be
5 micron and have an efficiency rating of

99.3 % for
5 micron
sized particles. The element will have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 35 grams.

RETURN FILTER
The return filter will be rated for
150
psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A
25 psi bypass spring will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 10 Q filter element will be
constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating will be
10 microns and have an efficiency rating of

99.5%
for
10 micron sized particles. The
element will have a dirt holding capacity of not less than

84.7 grams.
63 942
Bid #:

0120793
Swivels, PAL, Tiller, 32 Collector
Rings

HYDRAULIC SWIVEL
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a high pressure hydraulic swivel which will connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir, through the rotation point, to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for
360
-degree continuous rotation of the aerial.

ELECTRIC SWIVEL
The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360
-degree rotation of the aerial while
maintaining connections in all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 32 collector rings that are capable of supplying
30 -amp continuous service will be provided. All
collector rings will be enclosed and protected against condensation and corrosion. 0120780
Electrical System, Tiller

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured in such a way that the power and signal protection and control compartments will contain circuit protection devices and power control devices. The power and signal protection and control components will be protected against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage, and water spray.

The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured to allow the following:
- All of the serviceable components will be readily accessible. - Circuit protection devices will be utilized to protect each circuit. - General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting) or Type-II (manual resetting) and conform to SAE requirements. When required, automotive type fuses conforming to SAE requirements will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. - Power control relays and solenoids, when utilized, will have a direct current (dc) rating of 125%

of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected.

The aerial electrical system will be designed and manufactured to allow the following:
- Toggle switches will be utilized that are certified for the outside conditions that fire apparatus experience.
- All wiring will be protected through conduit or loom. - All wiring harnesses will be properly supported to eliminate harness damage through rubbing. - All connectors utilized in the system will be of a waterproof design. - Two (
2 ) inductive proximity switches and an illumination light will be incorporated into the boom support.
- The aerial master and aerial PTO can be engaged after the water pump has been engaged without having to bring the RPM back to idle.
- Standard cabling to the tip of the aerial will consist of one ( 1 )
16/20
cable and one (
1 )
12/8

cable.

TORQUE BOX POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL
A fuse and relay panel, located in the passenger side gooseneck area, will include the following:
- NEMA
4 x rated weatherproof enclosure
- Relays, fuses, and circuit breakers for aerial and stabilizer interlocks and control switches

TURNTABLE LIGHTING
The turntable will be lighted for nighttime operation with a minimum of two ( 2 ) work lights
activated by the aerial master switch.

TURNTABLE CONSOLE
The following switches and indicator lights will be standard on the turntable console:
- High idle on/off switch
- Tip/Tracking light switch
- Indicator and alarm test switch
- Emergency hydraulic power switch
- STABILIZERS NOT FULLY EXTENDED amber indicator light
- Rung alignment green indicator light
The turntable console will be lighted for nighttime operation with one ( 1 ) work light activated by
the aerial master switch. A fuse panel will be located in the turntable console.

TURNTABLE OVERRIDE CONTROLS
The aerial manual override controls will be located in the turntable control console.

MASTER OVERRIDE CONTROLS
An emergency power switch will be located behind an access panel on the driver's side of the tiller gooseneck. The switch will activate the emergency power unit and allow control of the aerial or stabilizers based on the direction the switch is toggled.

A work light will be provided to illuminate the master override controls when the battery switch is active and the master override door is open.

BOOM SUPPORT
Two (
2 ) Turck inductive proximity switches will be provided on the boom support to detect if the aerial device is fully stowed within the boom support.

STABILIZER INDICATOR
A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator will be provided in the driver's compartment. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed, to prevent damage to the apparatus if moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move" indicator light, which will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed.

CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A cradle interlock system will be provided to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position until the operator has positioned all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the cradle to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position.

STABILIZER ALARM
An electronic warning device will be provided at each stabilizer to warn personnel that the stabilizers are being deployed. Each alarm will produce a fast pulsing 90 DBA signal and will
cancel only when the stabilizer is put into a load bearing configuration.

STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS
A

4.00 " clear floodlight will be provided on each stabilizer to illuminate the surrounding area. The light will be actuated by the aerial master switch.
64 942
Bid #:

0804781
Aerial Scene Lts Separated into
Aerial Tip Category and Aerial
Tracking Category
0820601
SP
Lights, Tip, Wln MP** LED, 4lts

TIP LIGHT
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen® Model MP**,
5,695
lumens
12 volt DC LED lights installed at the
tip of the aerial device.

One (
1 ) light on the left side high. The
left side tip light to include spot optics
.

One (
1 ) light on the left side low. The
left side lower tip light to include flood optics
.

One (
1 ) light on the right side low. The
right side lower tip light to include flood optics
.

One (
1 ) light on the right side high. The
right side tip light to include spot optics
.

The
light(s) to be installed with low profile adjustable pedestal mount(s) .

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
The lights will be controlled with the tracking lights. 0802753
Lights, Tracking, Wln MP** LED, 2lts

TRACKING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen® MP**,
5,695
lumens
12 volt DC LED lights installed on the base
section of the aerial device below the hand rails per the following:

One (
1 ) will be located on the left side with
left side tracking light to include spot optics
.

One (
1 ) will be located on the right side with
spot optics
.

The
light(s) to be installed with low profile adjustable pedestal mount(s) .

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be white
.

The tracking lights will be controlled by a switch located at the platform/tip and turntable
.
0733396
SP
Light, Locator, Wln L31H*F, LED, at
Tip, PAL/PAP, 1lt

AERIAL LOCATOR LIGHT
There will be a Whelen®, Model L
31 H*F, LED beacon installed at the aerial tip for the purpose of locating the aerial device while in operation.

The color of the locator light will be
blue
.

The lights will be activated whenever the aerial is raised from the cradle. 0618906
Lighting, Rung, LED, TecNiq, 4
Section, Base, Lower/Upper Mid, Fly,
3 Colors RWB

LIGHTING ON AERIAL LADDER
There will be TecNiq, Model D
02 , LED rung lighting provided on both sides of the aerial ladder base, lower and upper mid, and fly sections. The lighting will be located adjacent to the ladder rungs along the lower rail of the ladder sections and will run the length of the ladder section.

The color of the aerial device when the device is at full extension will be:

Top one-third to be red
Middle one-third to be white
Bottom one-third to be blue
The LED rung lighting will be activated when
a switch at the turntable operator's panel is
activated through the aerial master and a switch at the turntable operator's panel is activated through the master battery switch
.

The lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0540701
Lights, Stabilizer Warn (1) Set, Wln
M6* LED, Front Colored Lens

STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
6 *, LED flashing warning lights with Whelen, Model M
6 FC,
chrome flanges installed on the stabilizer cover panels, one ( 1 ) each side.

The front stabilizer pan lights will be
red
LED with a lens the same color as the LEDs.

These warning lights will be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights. 0068703
Lights, Grote Supernova LED,
Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set

STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS
Two (
2 )

4.00 " diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one ( 1 ) facing
forward and one (
1 ) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The
lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights will be activated with the aerial master switch.
0601973
Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (1) set,
Truck-Lite 44042C, LED

STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 ) Truck-Lite, Model
44042
C

4.00 " LED, scene light installed under each
stabilizer beam to illuminate the surrounding area. A total of two ( 2 ) lights will be installed. These
lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.
0633833
DC Power To Aerial Tip, 11.2 Amp @
12 Volt DC
DC POWER CABLE to TIP
There will be a cable installed in the aerial device to provide

11.2 amps @
12 volts DC to the tip
of the aerial device.
0737181
Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research
ICA910 Hands Free

2 -WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
There will be a Fire Research, Model ICA
910
, two-way intercom system provided. The control
module with an LED volume display and push-button volume control will be located on the turntable operator console.

A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push-to-talk button is pressed.

Each intercom unit will be weatherproof.
65 942
Bid #:

0540895
Not Required, Breathing Air to Tip,
Aerial Ladder
0024742
Not Required, Mask, Breathing Air To
Tip
0066919
Not Required, Raised Pedestal, Tiller

0597280
Lifting Eye Assembly, Rope Rescue
Attachment, HDL

LIFTING EYE ASSEMBLY - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT
A lifting eye assembly will be provided that is designed to evenly distribute load at the tip of the aerial. The egress will include attachment points for the lifting eye assembly. The lift eye assembly is retained by two (
2 ) locking pins, one (
1 ) at each end outboard side of the egress.

Leveling is maintained by the lifting eye assembly rotating within the egress mounting. 0808215
LyfePulley, Rescue System

RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM
A rescue lifting attachment will be provided. The lifting attachment will mount to the aerial
egress and will consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys will be adjustable from side to side and will have a total lifting capacity of 750
lb,
regardless of whether one (
1 ) or both pulleys are being utilized.
0645472
Rope Tie Bar At Base Section, for
Lyfe Pulley, Painted
Box,Ascendant,105',Tiller

ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION, RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM
A removable bracket will be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket will provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and/or guide points spaced

5.75 " apart, centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket will be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. A storage box for the bracket will be provided on the outside rear of the base section. The storage box and bracket will be painted to match the aerial device. 0667968
Switch, Console Cover, Do Not Move
Truck Indicator Circuit
SWITCH
There will be a switch installed that will activate the Do Not Move Truck Indicator circuit when the battery switch is on, the turntable console cover is opened and the parking brake is released. 0530828
Turntable Access, Chains

AERIAL TURNTABLE CHAIN
A chain will be installed at the aerial turntable.
0090677
Waterway, 100'/105' HDL, Tiller

WATER SYSTEM
A waterway system will be provided consisting of the following components and features:

The integral telescopic water system will consist of a

4.50 " diameter tube in the base section, a

4.00 " diameter tube in the lower mid-section, a

3.50 " diameter tube in the upper mid-section and
a

3.00 " diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic waterway will be constructed of anodized aluminum pipe.

The aerial will be capable of discharging up to
1000
gpm at
100
psi parallel to the ladder and
90 degrees to each side of center.

An adjustable pressure relief valve will be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure surge.

Two (
2 )

1.50 " drain valves will be located at the lowest points of the waterway system and will be routed to drain through the center of the
5 th wheel.

WATERWAY SEALS
The waterway seals will be of type-B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal will be capable of withstanding pressures up to
2000
psi, temperatures in excess of
250
degrees
Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals will be internally lubricated.

The waterway seals will have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides will provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation. 0632856
Monitor, Akron 3480 StreamMaster II
Electric

AERIAL MONITOR
An Akron Model
3480
monitor with stow and deploy will be provided at the tip with a Akron
1250

gpm Model
5177
.

The monitor's functions will be controlled electrically from two ( 2 ) separate locations. One (
1 )
control will be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip.

There will be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls.

Vertical travel of this monitor will be -
45 degrees to
90 degrees. Horizontal rotation will be
90 degrees to each side of the center line of the aerial device. 0534379
Flowmeter, FRC, Waterway, PAL

AERIAL WATERWAY FLOW METER
A Fire Research Corporation Model DF
430
, digital flow indicator with a four (
4 ) digit LED display
will be provided for the aerial waterway at the turntable control station.

The display will have a flow totalizer, programmable high and low flow warnings, and automatically adjust LED brightness for day/night viewing. 66 942
Bid #:

0512000
Inlet, Aerial Waterway, 4.00"
Plumbing with 5.00" Inlet, Tiller

AERIAL WATERWAY INLET
The aerial waterway will be plumbed from the fifth wheel area to the waterway swivel with

4.00 "
pipe. A

5.00 " inlet will be located on each side of the apparatus complete with a chrome plated cap. The individual "line" pressure gauges for the inlets will be manufactured by Class 1 . They will
be a minimum of

3.50 " in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering. Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum/pressure range of

30.00 "-
0-600#
.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the inlet as practical. 0673128
Quick-Lock Waterway Locking
System, 100' HDL, 105' HDL, ASL

WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM
The aerial ladder waterway monitor will be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the next lower section of the ladder.

The monitor location will be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side of the ladder.

The handle, attached to a cam bracket, will simply be moved forward to lock the monitor at the fly section and back to lock it to the previous section.

There will be no pins to remove and reinstall.

The monitor will be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or disconnecting electrical lines.
0663185
SP
Monitor Auto Stow, To Left Side Body,
Tiller

MONITOR AUTO STOW
The monitor will be set to auto stow facing the left side of the body to the allow the operator to verify the monitor is stowed prior to nesting the device. 0660379
SP
Label Pinnable Waterway Lock,
Rescue/Waterpipe

QUICK-LOCK WATER WAY LOCK LABELING
The Quick-Lock waterway locking mechanism will be labeled "LOWER FLY" "RELEASE" "UPPER FLY". Three (
3 ) labels will be installed on the side and three (
3 ) on the top of the pinnable
waterway release lever mounting bracket.
0013164
Elbow, Aerial Inlet, 5" FNST x 5"
Storz w/Cap

ADAPTER, STORZ INLET
There will be
two (
2 )

5.00 " FNST x

5.00 " Storz
30 degree elbow(s) with blind cap provided
aerial
waterway inlet
.
0746470
Waterway Shutoff Valve, Above
Swivel, Elkhart Apex, Elec Control

AERIAL WATERWAY SHUTOFF VALVE
A

5.00 " electric operated butterfly valve will be installed above the swivel in the aerial inlet waterway to shut off water flow to the aerial waterway. The controller(s) will be located aerial
turntable
.

The valve will be controlled with an Elkhart Apex electric valve controller(s). The electric control must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting.

The controller(s) will have momentary open, close as well as programmable preset valve positions. The controller(s) will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. It will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto dimming option.

If applicable, there will be a preset relief valve in the waterway between the butterfly valve and the monitor to protect the waterway when retracting.
0047897
Tools, Aerial

TOOLS
The following tools will be provided for retorquing of all specified bolts as recommended by the manufacturer:

Torque Wrench
All Required Extensions, Sockets and Adapters
4 -to-
1 Multiplier
0559494
Manuals and Training, 3 Consecutive
Days, Ascendant Ladder, PAL

MANUALS
Two (
2 ) operator maintenance manuals and two (
2 ) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial
device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick-up.

INITIAL INSTRUCTION
On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three ( 3 ) consecutive days.
67 942
Bid #:

0807577
Cab, Tiller, Sliding Doors

TILLER CAB
A permanently mounted tiller cab will be located on top of the tiller trailer, to the rear of the aerial ladder. The maximum overall height of the tiller cab will not exceed 134.00
". The tiller cab will be
totally enclosed.

The cab windshield will be automotive approved tinted safety glass and will provide a minimum of 1,513
square inches of clear viewing area.

Each side window, directly rearward of the windshield, will be more than 536
square inches. The
side windows, combined with the windshield, will provide a minimum of 2,585
square inches of
unobstructed viewing area. In order to provide maximum visibility for the tillerman, there will be no corner posts at the forward corners of the windshield.

Two (
2 ) slide back doors, one each side of cab will be provided. Doors will be mounted on top and bottom slides which will be lockable in either open or closed position. A minimum door opening of

21.50 " will be provided when entering and exiting the tiller cab. The tiller cab doors will be equipped with drop-down windows. The windows will be

18.00 " wide x

31.00 " high.

The rear wall of the tiller cab will have a vertically-split sliding window. The window will be

33.50 "
wide x

27.75 " high.

The tiller cab floor will be constructed of aluminum treadplate.

A two (
2 ) speed electric windshield wiper with washer will be provided for the front windshield.

The windshield washer reservoir will have a capacity of two ( 2 ) quarts and will be located forward
of the tiller cab.

An adjustable, telescopic steering column will be provided.

The diagnostic plug for the trailer ABS system will be provided in the driver side tiller access stepwell, behind the fuel fill door.

The following controls/alarms will be provided inside the tiller cab:

Buzzer signaling system with push button in tiller cab steering wheel as well as a labeled push button in the tractor cab, within reach of the driver.

Jackknife alarm
The following will be provided on the steering column support pedestal:

Two (
2 ) heater/defroster outlets
Heater/defroster control switch
The following controls/gauges will be located in the upper control panel:

Tiller wheel position indicator gauge. (L-C-R)
Two (
2 )

2.00 " diameter amber turn signal
Windshield wiper/washer control switch
0726222
Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, Tiller Cab

A smoked Lexan
™
sun visor will be provided in the tiller cab above the windshield. There will be no retention bracket
provided to help secure the sun visor in the stowed position. 0636263
Light, Dome, FRP Dual LED 1lt

TILLER CAB DOME LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) dual LED dome light with
black
bezel installed in the tiller cab.

The color of the LED will be
red and white
.

The white LED will be controlled by
the door switches and the lens switch
.

The color LED will be controlled by
the lens switch
.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, the white LED dome light will provide a minimum of

10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire

20.00 " x

20.00 " square seating position when mounted

40.00 " above the seat.
0725375
Heater/Defroster, Tiller Cab, Tiller,
Electric, Dual 12V, 3 Spd, Med
Climate

TILLER CAB HEATER/DEFROSTER
There will be two (
2 ) DC Thermal, Model SA
12-4000
, combination heater/defroster provided in
the tiller cab. The system will be
12 volt and will be powered through the tractor ignition circuit.

Each heater will have a max of
5,000
BTU.

Each heater/defroster will have a
3 -speed motor, a high/low heat switch, and thermostatic control located in the tiller cab within reach of the tillerman.

There will be a minimum of two (
2 ) defrost outlets in the cab for maximum defrost performance.

The system will be
12 volt and will be powered through the tractor ignition circuit.

The heater/defrost system will have an airflow of
220
cfm.
0738925
SP
Air Conditioner, Tiller Cab, Painted
Sides, 4-Way Top, Safe-Stride, 2019

TILLER CAB AIR CONDITIONING
Air conditioning will be provided for the tiller cab.

The unit will be manufactured by Danhard Inc.

The air conditioner will have cooling capacity of
13,500
BTU.

The in tiller cab venting will route via louvers included on the B-pillar of the tiller cab.

The unit will be
120
volt AC and will be run off of the onboard generator. The full load amperage draw will be

12.00 amps in the cooling mode.

The evaporator will be located ahead of the tiller cab on the top deck of the tiller trailer. The air conditioning unit will not increase the overall height of the tiller cab.

The evaporator sides will be painted to match the job color. The cover will be made of aluminum treadplate coated with black Safe-Stride® non-slip surface treatment. 68 942
Bid #:

0695671
Seat, Tiller, Pierce PS6, Premium, Air
Ride Hi-Back

TILLER CAB SEAT
A seat will be provided in the tiller cab. The seat will be a cam action type, with air suspension.

For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (

6.00 " travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. The seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to
0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and will include minimum

7.50 " deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

17.00 " deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0554699
Steps,Tiller Cab Access, Moved
Rearward, Each Side

TILLER CAB STEPS
For access to the tiller cab, two (
2 ) sets of steps will be furnished at the rear of the apparatus, one set each side. The steps will be moved rearward and be in alignment with the tiller cab door. The bottom three (
3 ) access steps will be full width, approximately

21.00 " wide, and located
just behind the tiller axle. The top step will be full width, approximately

18.50 " wide. The steps
will be securely reinforced and constructed of aluminum treadplate. Handrails will be provided on each side of the step assemblies for maximum safety. The steps will be illuminated for nighttime operation.
0036977
Tiller Warning Indicators w/Seatbelt
Warn in Cab

JACKKNIFE ALARM
An audible and visual warning system will be provided to warn both drivers when the jackknife position approaches the maximum allowable angle.

TILLER WARNING INDICATOR
A warning indicator in the tractor cab will be activated if the parking brake is released and the tiller driver is not present in the tiller cab.
0012207
Mirror, 6" Round Convex, Tiller Cab
(PR)
CONVEX MIRRORS (tiller cab)
A

6.00 " diameter round convex mirror with adjustable arm will be installed on each side of tiller cab.
0542448
Tiller 8" Convex Mirrors, Side of
Catwalk, Each Side

MOUNTING, TILLER CONVEX MIRRORS
A convex mirror will be provided on each side of the catwalk. The brackets will be approximately

10.00 " tall and angle outward so the tillerman can see the rear bumper in the mirrors. The brackets will include an

8.00 " convex mirror.
0051052
Window Defrost Fans (2)

WINDOW DEFROST FANS
Two (
2 ) window defrost fans will be mounted
one each side
.
0626771
Trailer, 3.00" Extended Gooseneck,
Single Axle Only, Tiller

TILLER TRAILER
The gooseneck area of the tiller trailer will be constructed of 100,000
psi minimum yield strength
steel.

The gooseneck area will have a section modulus of
289.00
cu. in. and a resistance to bending
moment of
28,900,000
inch pounds.

The gooseneck area will be

46.00 " wide x

13.50 " deep.

The tiller trailer frame will be box type construction to effectively resist trailer twist.

The side rails will have a

13.38 " tall web over the front and mid sections of the trailer, with a continuous smooth taper to a

10.75 " over the tiller axle.

The frame rails will be constructed of
80,000
psi minimum yield strength heat treated .
38 " thick
steel, with

3.50 " wide flanges and covered by top and bottom plates to form a ridged box structure. Cover plates will be
50,000
psi minimum yield strength steel.

The tiller trailer frame will have a section modulus of 257.70
cu. in., and a resisting bending
moment (rbm) of
12,880,000
inch pounds over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of

18.96 cu. in. with an rbm of
2,085,803
inch pounds over the rear axle.

The overall length of the tiller trailer will be
471.00
". The gooseneck area of the trailer will be
extended

3.00 ".
0090681
Walkway, Turntable to Body, Tiller

WALKWAY, TURNTABLE TO BODY
A walkway will be provided from the aerial turntable to the tiller body. 69 942
Bid #:

0052481
Axle, Tiller Trailer, Oshkosh TAK-4,
Non Drive, 22,800#

TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE
The tiller trailer axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800

lb.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000
-psi yield strength
steel.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative chamber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The kingpin bearing will be of low friction design and be sealed for life.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the trailer will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The turning angle will be up to
24 degrees.

TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY
The non drive axle system will have a
three (
3 ) year parts
and labor warranty.
0032125
Steering, Sheppard M110 w/tilt, TAK-
4, Tiller Trailer

TILLER TRAILER STEERING
Dual Sheppard M
110
steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided.

The steering wheel will be

18.00 " in diameter, and capable of tilting and telescoping.

A lock-out pin will be provided on the tiller cab steering column. 0816641
Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc, TAK-
4, Tiller, Non-NFPA 1900, 2024
BRAKES
The tiller trailer brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a

17.00 " ventilated rotor for improved
stopping distance.

NFPA
1900
,
2024
Edition, Section

9.3.2.5 states that clearance for tire chains will be provided in accordance with SAE J
683
,
Tire Chain Clearance - Trucks, Buses, and Combinations of Vehicles .

This brake system does not allow adequate clearance for tire chains, therefore, the apparatus will be non-NFPA compliant at time of delivery.
0052483
Suspension, Tiller, 22,800#

SUSPENSION
Independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800
lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces, and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least

10.00 " of total wheel travel and a
minimum of

3.75 " before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar type spring and anchor lock system will allow for simple lean adjustments without the use of shims. Adjustment for a lean will be accomplished within 15 minutes. Anchor
adjustment design is such that it allows

4.00 " of ride height adjustment per side.

The independent suspension will have been put through a durability test that simulated a minimum of
140,000
miles of inner city driving.
0898937
Tires, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA,
425/65R22.5 20 Ply (tiller)
TIRES
Tiller trailer tires will be Goodyear
425/65
R

22.50 radials,
20 ply Armor MAX MSA, rated for
22,800
lb maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0037030
Wheels, Alum. Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25"
(385/425), Tiller

WHEELS, TILLER
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa®

22.50 " x

12.25 " polished aluminum disc type wheels with a
ten (
10 )-stud

11.25 " bolt circle.
0037050
Oil Seals, Tiller Axle

OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the tiller axle. 0007150
Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (
1 ) bag
of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
70 942
Bid #:

0816498
NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Aerial, NFPA 2024, Provided by Fire
Department

NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, table

8.1 will be provided
by the fire department:

One (
1 ) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 107
,
American
National Standard for High-Visibility Safety Apparel and Accessories , and have a five-point
breakaway feature that includes two (
2 ) at the shoulders, two (
2 ) at the sides, and one (
1 ) at the
front.

Five (
5 ) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than

28.00 " (
711
mm) in height, each equipped
with a

6.00 " (
152
mm) retro-reflective white band no more than

4.00 " (
152
mm) from the top of
the cone, and an additional

4.00 " (
102
mm) retro-reflective white band

2.00 " (
51 mm) below the

6.00 " (
152
mm) band.

Five (
5 ) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five ( 5 ) fluorescent
orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

Four (
4 ) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA
2500
.

NFPA Loose Equipment That Shall be Considered:

The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, appendix table A.

8.4 (a)
should be considered:

Two (
2 )
3 ft -
4 ft plaster hooks with D handles mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

Two (
2 ) crowbars.

Two (
2 ) claw tools.

Two (
2 )
12 lb (
5 kg) sledgehammers.

Four (
4 ) SCBA apparatus
Four (
4 ) SCBA spare cylinders
One (
1 ) first aid kit.

Six (
6 ) salvage covers, each a minimum size of
12 ft ×
18 ft (

3.6 m ×

5.5 m).

Four (
4 ) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (
2 ) scoop shovels.

One (
1 ) pair of bolt cutters,

24.00 " (

0.6 m) minimum.

One (
1 )
150
ft (
45 m) light-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 2500
.

One (
1 )
150
ft (
45 m) general-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 2500
.

One (
1 )
150
ft (
45 m) utility ropes having a breaking strength of at least 5000
lb (
2300
kg).

One (
1 ) box of tools to include the following:
one (
1 ) hacksaw with three (
3 ) blades
one (
1 ) keyhole saw
one (
1 )
12 " (.
3 m) pipe wrench
one (
1 )
24 " (.
6 m) pipe wrench
one (
1 ) ballpeen hammer
one (
1 ) pair of tin snips
one (
1 ) pair of pliers
one (
1 ) pair of lineman's pliers
assorted types and sizes of screwdrivers
assorted adjustable wrenches
assorted combination wrenches
One (
1 ) automatic external defibrillator (AED).
0816939
Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA
2024, Provided by Fire Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816937
Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, NFPA 2024, Provided by Fire
Department

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0007482
Not Required, Crowbars

0007484
Not Required, Claw Tools

0816998
Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0817000
Axe, Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0007494
Not Required, Sledgehammers

71 942
Bid #:

0741569
Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven ( 7 ) step finishing
process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment
- All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch
process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature
3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer
- The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer
is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding
- The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer
- The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Base
coat Paint
- Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat
- Two (
2 ) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW
15777
global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6
A.C.T.
standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a

99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems
will be

99.97 percent efficient
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709567
Paint, Single Color, Enforcer

CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted
#90
red
.
0709845
Paint, Single Color, Body

BODY PAINT
The body will be
painted to match the single cab paint color
.
0509328
Paint, Single Color, Tiller Cab

PAINT
The tiller cab will be painted
#90
Red
.
72 942
Bid #:

0646901
Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With
Liner, E-Coat, Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with
a single system black top coat
before the
installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted are:

Frame rails
Frame liners
Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (
2 ) C-channel frame rails
Two (
2 ) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797
No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels

0693792
No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear
Wheels

0809564
No Paint Required, Aluminum Tiller
Wheels
0733739
Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted
to match primary job color
.
0581434
Transit Coating, Carwell, Corrosion
Protection, Including Underside

TRANSIT COATING
All non-painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle will be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water.

The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable.

The underside non-painted metal surfaces will also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. 0756955
Compartment Paint, 909017,
Nightspots, Tiller

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
Interior of compartments will be painted
909017
, Nightspots.
73 942
Bid #:

0790913
Aerial Ladder Paint, Incl Gooseneck,
Stabilizers, Tiller

AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR
The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a seven ( 7 ) step finishing process as follows:
1 .

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot-blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting. 2 .

Zinc Rich Primer
- Zinc rich primer will be applied to the trailer including the gooseneck and stabilizer housings, stabilizer beams and jacks, and upper 5 th wheel components.
3 .

Primer/Surfacer Coats
- A two (
2 ) component epoxy primer/surfacer will be applied to the mechanically shot-blasted metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked with a two ( 2 ) component epoxy caulk before
painting.
4 .

Hand Sanding
- The primer/surfacer coat of the outer surfaces of the hand rails and base rails will be lightly sanded to a smooth finish.
5 .

Primer Coat
- A two (
2 ) component epoxy primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer. 6 .

Topcoat Paint
- Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching. 7 .

Clear Coat
- Two (
2 ) coats of an automotive grade two (
2 ) component urethane will be applied.

Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor.

Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items.

The aerial device components will be painted as follows using the aforementioned seven ( 7 ) step
finishing process:

Aerial device ladder sections and extension cylinders:
white
10 Aerial turntable:
white
10 Aerial control console:
white
10 Aerial lift cylinders:
white
10 Aerial rotation motor (if applicable):
black
Aerial trailer including the gooseneck and stabilizer housings, 5 th wheel components below the
rotation point, body support structure, tiller axle and suspension:
red
90 Aerial stabilizers:
black
101
Aerial egress:
#50
red
(will be contrasting color to the aerial device ladder sections) Aerial boom support:
gloss black primer
0544111
Reflective Band, 10"

REFLECTIVE BAND
A

10.00 "
white
reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body.
0007356
Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0583446
Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Diamond
Grade, Tiller

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus including the rear door. The tillerman cab and rear bumper will not be covered.

The colors will be red and
fluorescent yellow green
diamond grade.

Each stripe will be

6.00 " in width.

This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901
, which states that
50%
of the
rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.
0598754
Stripe, Reflective/Diamond Grade,

4.00" on Stabilizers

REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS
There will be a

4.00 " wide
fluorescent yellow diamond grade
reflective stripe provided on the
forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers. 0065738
Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior,
Qtm

REFLECTIVE STRIPE, CAB DOORS
A

4.00 " x

24.00 "
black
reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately

1.00 " up from the bottom, on the stainless steel door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA
1901
requirement.
0543998
Stripe, Reflective, Tillerman Doors
Interior

REFLECTIVE STRIPE, TILLERMAN DOORS
A

6.00 " x

16.00 "
black
reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each tillerman's entry door. The stripe will be located approximately

1.00 " up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA
1901
requirement.
0679788
Stripe, Vinyl, Cab Sides, IPO Chrome
Molding

CAB STRIPE
There will be a vinyl stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding. 0030076
Lettering Specifications, Vinyl/Painted

0027252
Lettering, Vinyl 3" w/outline & shade
(21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (
21 ) to forty (
40 ) non-reflective vinyl lettering,

3.00 " high, outlining and shading will be
provided.
74 942
Bid #:

0683997
Lettering, Vinyl, 18.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering,

18.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There
will be
three (
3 ) letters
provided.
0684006
Lettering, Vinyl, 11.00", (21-40)

LETTERING
Twenty-one (
21 ) to forty (
40 ) non-reflective vinyl lettering,

11.00 " high, with
outline and shade
will
be provided.
0684036
Lettering, Vinyl, 5.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering,

5.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will
be
four (
4 ) letters
provided.
0685993
Lettering, Reflective, 10.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

10.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There will be
two
(
2 ) letters
provided.
0686002
Lettering, Reflective, 8.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

8.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
seven
(
7 ) letters
provided.
0686007
Lettering, Reflective, 7.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

7.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
one
(
1 ) letter
provided.
0686013
Lettering, Reflective, 6.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

6.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
one
(
1 ) letter
provided.
0686033
Lettering, Reflective, 4.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

4.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
12 letters
provided.
0686080
Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", (41-60)

LETTERING
Forty-one (
41 ) to sixty (
60 ) reflective lettering,

3.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
will be
provided.
0623673
SP
Lettering, RTape Vinyl EFX Smooth
Gold, Salinas, CA(Not covered under
warranty)

VINYL LETTERING
There will be RTape vinyl EFX smooth gold
#3102
lettering with gradient effect. That will be
located
Cab
. This is not covered under Pierce warranty.
0655896
Sign Kit, Painted, Holder and Insert,
Each

SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
four (
4 )
painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering.

They will be mounted
0 ne (
1 ) Front Bumper, One (
1 ) RS Crew Cab, One (
1 ) LS Crew Cab, One
RS Rear
and
12 "W x
10 " H
in size.
0000387
Emblem, Eagle Hose 2, Color
Imaged, Pair

EAGLE HOSE
#2

EMBLEMS
A pair of emblems,

13.00 " or less
in Diameter, featuring a "Flying American Flag" and an "Eagle Holding a Fire Hose", all within a gold circle, will be installed Located on tiller cab door.
. The
design will be color imaged.
0684221
Emblem, Maltese Cross, Printed
Effect Gold Leaf, 12"-14", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of maltese crosses, comprised of printed effect gold leaf material, provided and installed
between the front doors and the side window up high
.
75 942
Bid #:

0772003
Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be
one (
1 )
custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0772037
Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be
one (
1 )
chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381
Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (
1 ) USB flash drive.
0030008
Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (
1 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA 0008
, is included with this proposal.
0696698
Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins
five (
5 ) year
limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA
0181
, is included with this proposal.
0684953
Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard
three (
3 ) year
limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with this proposal.
0596017
Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013

FIFTY (
50 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA 0013
, is included with this
proposal.
0595698
Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050

FRONT AXLE THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
The Pierce TAK-
4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA
0050
, is included with this proposal.
0733306
Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year, Meritor,
General Service, WA0384

SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor
™
Axle
5 year limited warranty will be provided.
0652758
Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year,
Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco
™
ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA
0232
, is included with this
proposal.
0019914
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA
0012
, is included with this proposal.
76 942
Bid #:

0744240
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0055
, is included with this proposal.
0524627
Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA 0014
, is included with this
proposal.
0695416
Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (
54 ) month
warranty will be provided for the camera system
.
0647720
Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce
12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA 0203
, is included with this
proposal.
0046369
Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a
five (
5 ) year/unlimited mileage
warranty covering
100
percent
parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945
Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (
5 ) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the
transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (
3 ) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed
$10,000
per occurrence. A copy of
the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0596025
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA 0009
, is included with this proposal.
0693126
Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of
ten (
10 ) years
. A
five (
5 ) year
limited warranty will
be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA
0185
, is included with this proposal.
0006999
Warranty, Structure, 20 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0052

TWENTY (
20 ) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY
The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA
0052
, is included with this proposal.
0687388
Warranty, Swivels, 5 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0197

AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY
An Amity five (
5 ) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal.
0685727
Warranty, Hydraulic System and
Components, 3 Year/5 Year, WA0200

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic system components will be provided with a five ( 5 ) year material and
workmanship limited warranty.

HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic seals will be provided with a three (
3 ) year material and workmanship limited
warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificates is included with this proposal. 0687327
Warranty, Waterway, 10 Year, Aerial
Device, WA0198

AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY
An Amity ten (
10 ) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate is included with this proposal.
0595860
Warranty, Paint, 4 Year, Aerial
Device, Pro-Rated, WA0047

FOUR (
4 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce aerial device limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0047
, is included with this
proposal.
0725636
Warranty, Harrison Generator, 2 Year

TWO (
2 ) YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Harrison Hydra-Gen generator two (
2 ) year
limited warranty will be provided.
0595820
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0057
, is included with this proposal.
77 942
Bid #:

0595412
Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1
Year, Apparatus, WA0168

ONE (
1 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce graphics fading and deterioration limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA
0168
, is included with this proposal.
0819254
Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA
1900
, current edition, section

7.14 , Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal.
0808564
Certification, Engine Installation, Enf,
Cummins X15, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786
Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal.
0892691
Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J
2422
Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No. 29 .

SAE J
2420
COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a
14,320
-lb moving barrier is slammed into
the side of the cab at

5.50 mph, striking with an impact of
13,000
ft-lb of force. This test is part of
the SAE J
2422
test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
32,600
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in
accordance with SAE J
2420
.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
65,098
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice
the force required by SAE J
2420
)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of
22,500
lb. This value meets the ECE
29 criteria,
and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten ( 10 ) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000
lbs. (Four and a half times the
load criteria of ECE
29 )
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0631973
Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000
cycle door slam test
where the slamming force exceeds
20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978
Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a
3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section

6.2 of SAE J
198

Windshield
Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the wiper
system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974
Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete
30,000
complete up-down cycles and still function
normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
78 942
Bid #:

0631977
Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000
lb of pull on both
the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS
571.210
Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in
accordance with FMVSS
571.207
Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
0735949
Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100
degrees Fahrenheit to
an average of
78 degrees Fahrenheit in
30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J 381
Windshield
Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J
381
criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees
Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within
30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J
381
. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073
Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248
Appleton/Florida BTO

0000029

TILLER BODY
0000012

PIERCE CHASSIS
0004713

ENGINE, OTHER
0046396
EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020037

NO PUMP

0020015

ABS SYSTEM

0658751

PUMPER BASE

79 942
Bid #:

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom

0.00 1.20

0.00 0026408
Wiring, Customer Installed Radio, Battery-Direct, Ignition-Power & Ground

0.00 36.00

0.00 0067509
Switch, Additional for Lightbar

0.00 0.00

0.08 0079211
Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

0.00 3.00

0.00 0511739
Remote Start, Hydraulic Generator, PTO and Field - SAME SWITCH

0.00 1.00

0.00 0550452
Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-LED, Stainless 1st

0.00 0.00

1.00 0552317
Lights, Perimeter, Wln 20C0CDCR

0.00 0.00

2.40 0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.30

0.00 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040

0.00 0.50

0.00 0626097
Light, Map, Sunnex HS76*-00 Series, Swivel Joint, Clear Lens, Ceiling Mount

0.00 0.00

1.56 0630020
Lights, Side, Wln M6* LED, Prk Brk Deactivation

0.00 2.70

1.80 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00

0.00 0639726
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Unlocked Ind Light, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 180.00

0.00 0661232
Compt, At Rear Between Tow Eyes, Divider, Smooth Alum Sngl Pan Dr, D Ring,Tiller

0.00 0.00

1.80 0662753
Stabilizers, 100'/105' HD Tractor Drawn Steel Aerial, Split Pan, 17' Spread

0.00 2.00

0.00 0666072
Lights, Tractor Scene, Wln M6ZC LED Rear of Cab 2lts

0.00 0.00

4.00 0683556
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln M2R Red LED

0.00 0.50

0.00 0687994
Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine

0.00 0.42

0.00 0690488
Lights, Side Scene, Zico ZQL-SS-LED, Stainless 2nd

0.00 0.00

1.00 0750408
Lights, Side, Wln PS*01FCR LED 1st

0.00 2.88

1.92 0772592
Speakers, Panasonic, (2) Additional, Tiller Cab

0.00 0.00

3.00 0777954
Light, Indicator, Jackknife Warning, Wln 3S*00F*R

0.00 0.50

0.00 0804719
Handlts, (4) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, 44451, C4 LED, Tail Lts, 12v, Orange

0.00 0.00

4.40 0804781
Aerial Scene Lts Separated into Aerial Tip Category and Aerial Tracking Category

0.00 0.00

0.00 0805325
Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED, 15 Degree Angle Bracket, Additional

0.00 1.50

0.00 0805618
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU

0.00 3.20

0.00 0816632
Intercom, David Clark, 8-Pos, 3-Dual Radio, (D, O, TC, RPTT), 4C, T

0.00 0.00

0.50 0817058
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera, SD, CL714

0.00 1.20

0.00 0819994
Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth

0.00 0.00

2.00 0820911
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 6th NFPA1900

0.00 0.00

90.00 0822289
ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Single Axle, Tiller, NFPA 1900

0.00 6.00

0.00 0893726
Lights, Turntable Walkway, P25, LED, Job Color Brackets

0.00 0.00

0.00 0895281
Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213 Sol

0.00 100.00

0.00 0547328
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Switch Feature 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00
120.00
0618906
Lighting, Rung, LED, TecNiq, 4 Section, Base, Lower/Upper Mid, Fly, 3 Colors RWB
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

20.00 0722038
HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer, w/X15, CARE
Load Managed

0.00 0.00
100.00
0725375
Heater/Defroster, Tiller Cab, Tiller, Electric, Dual 12V, 3 Spd, Med Climate
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

75.00 0736743
Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12 VDC 2nd
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

12.00 0736755
Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12 VDC 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

12.00 0768928
Lights, Wln, PSL2** Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

12.20 0768929
Lights, Wln, PSL2** Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

12.20 0769589
Lights, Stabilizer Pad Locator, Wln Micro MPB*, Rec Stb S Pn, Cnt Ft
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

7.00 0774948
Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

6.50 0775524
Lights, Wln, P*H1* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

6.50 0776357
Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer, Cnt Feature, 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

13.00 0821191
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, Batt Dir, 1st NFPA1900
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

20.00 0889974
Light, Wln, 12V PSL2** Slm Ln, 12 VDC 3rd
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

5.46 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis
5/1/2024
Bid #:
942
100' Tiller (duplicate to 28976)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

Salinas Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0002565
Hourmeter, Aerial Inside Cab
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0002615
Switch, Aerial 12V Master
NFPA

0.08 0.00

0.00 0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance
NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0010458
Platform, Slide Out, 500 lb Capacity, w/Morton Cass
NFPA

3.00 0.00

0.00 0036503
Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, LS Center, Tiller
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0036512
Compt, F/H, Trans Front, Roll, RS Center, Tiller
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0059809
Light, Marker, Weldon, 9186-1500 LED, Location
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0068703
Lights, Grote Supernova LED, Stabilizer Beam, (1) Set
NFPA

1.60 0.00

0.00 0088745
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln L31HRFN LED Beacon, Red LED
NFPA

3.20 4.80

0.00 0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX
NFPA

0.56 0.56

0.00 0120788
Control Stations, 100'/105' Tiller
NFPA

4.26 0.00

0.00 0529588
Generator, Harrison 8kW, 8.0MAS-16R/D-11011/15/1, Hydraulic, Hotshift PTO
NFPA

35.31 0.00

0.00 0534379
Flowmeter, FRC, Waterway, PAL
NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0534987
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts, Aerial
NFPA

0.35 0.00

0.00 0540701
Lights, Stabilizer Warn (1) Set, Wln M6* LED, Front Colored Lens NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0540777
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, Colored Lens
NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0554516
Lights, Step, P25 LED, Tiller, Aerial Master
NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0568012
Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010
NFPA

7.81 0.00

0.00 0601973
Lights, Stabilizer Scene, (1) set, Truck-Lite 44042C, LED NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0602100
Lights, Torque Box Ladder Storage, Pierce LED Strip Lights, 2 Lts NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0605488
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRRRWsrR_Opt_RsrWRRRR NFPA

6.48 2.68

9.92 0605598
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 2-21.5", RRRRR RRRRR
NFPA

6.48 0.00

9.76 0620054
Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA

0.10 0.90

0.00 0622803
Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX NFPA

1.26 0.00

0.00 0625210
Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side, Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf
NFPA

0.12 0.00

0.00 0625650
Cab, Enforcer, 7000
NFPA

6.80 10.20

0.00 0625953
Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf, Sab FR
NFPA

0.70 0.70

0.00 0626588
Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr
NFPA

1.60 0.00

0.00 0642936
Timer, Havis Chargeguard Select CG-X
NFPA

0.04 0.00

0.00 0647647
Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts
NFPA

0.80 0.80

0.00 0647802
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA

0.35 0.00

0.00 0652577
Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special Generator Mounting, 92.00" Wide, RS Front,Tiller
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0652578
Compt, F/H, Trans Roll, Special Generator Mounting, 92.00" Wide, LS Front,Tiller
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating
NFPA

0.08 0.00

0.00 0665700
Light, Slide-Out Pump Operator Step, Not Required
NFPA

0.65 0.00

0.00 0680193
Ladder Storage, Vertically Hinged Doors, Smooth Alum, Grabber Door Brkt, Tiller
NFPA

0.90 0.00

0.90 0689539
Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light Strip, 36", Additional NFPA

0.35 0.35

0.00 0689540
Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light Strip, 27", Additional NFPA

0.52 0.52

0.00 0689541
Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light Strip, 9", Additional
NFPA

0.09 0.09

0.00 0733396
Light, Locator, Wln L31H*F, LED, at Tip, PAL/PAP, 1lt
NFPA

1.60 2.40

4.00 0737181
Intercom, 2-Way Fire Research ICA910 Hands Free
NFPA

0.50 0.00

0.00 0746667
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, 4Lts
NFPA

3.60 5.40

0.00 0748168
Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.75 W x 30 H x 22 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.30 0.30

0.00 0748169
Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 26.75 W x 30 H x 23 D, Ext Acc Only, SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.30 0.30

0.00 0748170
Cabinet, Rear Facing, Top Eng Tnl, 38 W x 15 H x 18 D, Web, Notch, SFR/Enf
NFPA

0.15 0.15

0.00 0760732
Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 4lts, Turntbl/Rr Stp, Tiller
NFPA

1.52 0.00

0.00 0761731
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6** M6** M6**, 4lts Q Bezel, Clr Fet
NFPA

3.60 5.40

0.00 0762396
Light, Turntable Console, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, LED Strip Light NFPA

0.20 0.00

0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis
5/1/2024
Bid #:
942
100' Tiller (duplicate to 28976)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

Salinas Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0762413
Light, Boom Support, Amdor AY-LB-12HW012, 12" LED
NFPA

0.18 0.00

0.00 0763582
DEF Tank, 4.5 Gallon, DS Fill, Forward of Rear Axle, Tiller NFPA

0.60 11.40

0.00 0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA

4.20 4.20

0.00 0791528
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.00" Long, TACTL5 NFPA

0.60 1.20

0.00 0793424
Compt, F/H F/D Front/Rear Roll, Center Lift Past 90, Special Cab Steps,78"Wide
NFPA

3.60 0.00

3.60 0802753
Lights, Tracking, Wln MP** LED, 2lts
NFPA

8.00 0.00

0.00 0804519
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw w/Flange
NFPA

0.83 2.49

0.00 0808497
Engine, Cummins X15, 565 hp, 1850 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2027, Enforcer
NFPA

6.00 0.00

0.00 0814201
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0816093
ClearSky Telematics, Remote Fleet & On-scene Management, AT&T Commercial
NFPA

1.61 0.00

0.00 0819013
Siren, Code 3 3692 100/200W, Other Speaker, Non-NFPA 2024 NFPA

1.40 12.60

0.00 0820601
Lights, Tip, Wln MP** LED, 4lts
NFPA

16.00 0.00

0.00 0822192
Compt, F/H F/D Front Roll, Low Rear Roll, Spec Cab Steps, Narrow Rear
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0824055
Compt,Single Reserv,22.5"HTop Stg Area w/Ctr Lift,Grating,F/D Ea Side,Dbl Dr.47"
NFPA

1.80 0.00

1.80 0887546
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics,
Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA

2.00 2.00

0.00 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA

0.07 0.00

0.00 0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0893414
Aerial, 100' Heavy Duty Ladder, Tiller (500 dry/500 water) NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0647728
Alternator, 430 amp, Delco Remy 55SI
S

0.00 0.00

0.00 Load Totals:
170.15
443.74
576.30
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply:
253.00
Demand:
170.15
Variance:

82.85 Total Connected Load
Supply:
369.00
Demand:
324.59
Variance:

44.41 Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 253.00
369.00
Alternator Output at Idle:

Alternator Output at Governed Speed:
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis
5/1/2024
Bid #:
942
100' Tiller (duplicate to 28976)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

Salinas Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed

Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number:
942
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis, Tractor (Tiller)
Department:

Salinas Fire Department
Body:

Aerial, Tiller, No Pump, Alum Body
Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle:
45°
Axle Track:

82.92 in.

Wheel Offset:

3.12 in.

Tread Width:

12.4 in.

Chassis Overhang:

65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth:
7 in.

Front Overhang:

72.95 in.

Wheelbase:
166 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn:
13 ft. 1 in.

Curb to curb:
25 ft. 9 in.

Wall to wall:
29 ft. 4 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 05/01/2024
Category
Option
Description
Aerial Devices
0893414
Aerial, 100' Heavy Duty Ladder, Tiller (500 dry/500 water) Bumpers
0606186
Bumper, Non-Extended, Saber FR/Enforcer
Axle, Front, Custom
0630705
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer Wheels, Front
0019575
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot Tires, Front
0582936
Tires, Front, Goodyear, G289 WHA, 315/80R22.50, 20 ply

Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle
Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track
King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset
Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width
Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang
Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel
Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase
Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user .

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor ,authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder .

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS W ARRANTYAND THE EMISSION W ARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

W ARRANTIESMADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

W ARRANTIES,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANT ABILITYOR FITNESS FOR A
P ARTICULARPURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
/H230052001 Cummins Inc.

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0013

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGE S.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Years
-or-
30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

CUMMINS-MERITOR

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS

WARRANTY

COVERAGE FOR THE

UNITED STATES AND CANADA
MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
2 WARRANTY INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVE MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
Linehaul .......................................................................................................3 General Service ...........................................................................................6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle ..................................................................9 Fire and Emergency ...................................................................................12 Transit Bus ................................................................................................ 14 Off-highway Service ...................................................................................15 Terms and Conditions ................................................................................17 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl = Unlimited
P = Parts Only
P&L = Parts and Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Cummins-Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Cummins-Meritor publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles and TP-12126 for drivelines, or any other products that have an application approval completed with Cummins-Meritor which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting meritor.com or by contacting Cummins-Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221) . 3 Linehaul Vehicles
Auto Hauler1
Bulk Hauler1
Chip Hauler1,2
Doubles
Flatbed
General Freight
Grain Hauler1
Livestock Hauler
Moving Van
Pipe Hauler
Refrigerated Freight
Tanker1
Triples
1 Cummins-Meritor classifies these vehicle types as high center of gravity, which require special axle housing considerations. 2 Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.

Linehaul Typically Is:

High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
Greater than 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Well maintained highways of concrete or asphalt construction (100% on-road)
Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel).

Note: Category B job sites, terminals, docks, transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud; or other similar surfaces) are NOT approved for certain linehaul axle models.

Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
MS-19-14X
RS-21-160
MS-23-17H1,2
MS-23-17X2
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Vocational Definition of Linehaul
Long distance hauling of food, goods and finished materials Not included are raw ferrous materials, minerals (except oil), sand, gravel, stone, rocks, topsoil, waste or logs Linehaul includes turnpike and hub & spoke
1 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 2 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.
4 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P , 1/100/L
TPX3000 Axle Series 2 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System 4 1/100/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak7 5 7/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.

TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P , 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Cummins- Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable.

LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L
RT-40-160/P1,2
RT-46-160/P1,2
RT-46-164/P1,2
RZ-1662
RT-50-160/P1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-17H3
RZ-188
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X /P4
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X /P4
MT-40-14X /P4
MT-40-14H/E3,4
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 3 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 4 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.
5 LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ L and EX+LS Air Disc Brake™3 5/500/P , 1/Unl/L
EX+L Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty 3,4 5/500/P&L 1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III.
2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.
4 Applies only to calipers using friction: MA9300 (EX225LXXXCGXXX).

Drivelines
RPL 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
6 General Service Vehicles
Auto Hauler
Beverage Truck
Bulk Hauler
Chip Hauler
Cross Country Coach
Flatbed
Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
Front Engine Integral Coach
General Freight
Grain Hauler
Intercity Coach
Intermodal Chassis
Livestock Hauler
Meat Packer
Moving Van
Municipal Truck
Newspaper Delivery
Pick-Up and Delivery
Pipe Hauler
Platform Auto Hauler
Rear Engine Integral Coach
Recreational Vehicles
Refrigerated Freight
School Bus
Stake Truck
Tanker
Tanker Trailer
Tour Bus
Wrecker
General Service Typically Is:

Typically, moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles/year) An average of 3 to 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road allowed) Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel) or Category B job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud, or other similar surfaces)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-9461
F L-9 41
FL -943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach applications.

GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X /P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X /P
MT-44-14X /P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164/P RT-50-160/P RZ-166
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes1 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Cam P2 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1,2 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™3 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™4 2/Unl/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III or Chassis Protect.
2 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only.
3 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
4 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-23-17X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.
8 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
TPX4000 Axle Series 3 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems4
Standard System 5 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak76 7/Unl/P&L
AxlePak107 10/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.
2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
3 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
4 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 5 When installed by Cummins-Meritor.
6 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 7 AxlePak10 is limited to Intermodal Chassis applications equipped with TPX4000 series axles.

TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2 2/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.

Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems1
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)2
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty3 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 4 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/Unl/P&L
1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Cummins- Meritor.
3 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame, consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable. 4 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L

GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
9 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicles
Airport Rescue Fire
Fighting (ARFF)
Airport Shuttle1
Asphalt Truck
Block Truck
Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
Cementing Vehicle
Commercial Pick-Up
Concrete Pumper
Construction Material Hauler
Mixer
Demolition
Drill Rig
Dump
Equipment Hauling
Flatbed Trailer Hauler
Flatbed Truck
Fracturing Truck
Front Loader
Geophysical Exploration
Hopper Trailer Combinations
Landscaping Truck
Liquid Waste Hauler
Log Hauling
Lowboy
Michigan Special Gravel
Train
Michigan Special Log Hauler
Michigan Special Steel
Hauler
Michigan Special Waste
Vehicle
Municipal Dump
Rear Loader (Refuse)
Recycling Truck
Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
Rigging Truck
Roll-Off
Scrap Truck
Semi-End Dump
Sewer/Septic Vacuum
Shuttle Bus1
Side Loader
Snowplow/Snowblower
Steel Hauling
Tanker
Tank Truck
Tractors with Pole Trailers
Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
Transfer Dump
Transfer Vehicle
Utility Truck
Winch Truck
1 Commercial chassis only
Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
Typically Is:

Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) On/off-road vocations (10% or more off-road)
Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
F L-9 41
FL -943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
10 Rear Drive Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-14X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-14X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
RC-26-633
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X /P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X /P
MT-44-14X /P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/3801,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/3801,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P/A3 RT-46-160/P/A1,3 RT-46-164/P2,3 RT-50-160/P/A3 RZ-166 1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Front Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-14-120 EVO
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-23-810
Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
11 Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
FAT 30
Brake Components
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 3 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake4 2/100/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III.
2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 3 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
4 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System 4 1/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems1
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 2 5/500/P , 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-402
MGX-423
MGX-450
MGX-451
MGX-466
MGX-479
MGX-538
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3203
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/RTC-25)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
12 Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Aerial Ladder Truck
Aerial Platform
Ambulance
Command Vehicle
Crash Fire Rescue
Pumper
Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
Tanker
Fire and Emergency Typically Is:

Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year)
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
F L-9 41
FL -943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-1851
RS-25-160
1 2/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
MT-40-14X /P
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X /P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-3802
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 2 2/Unl/P&L
Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MX-19-140 MX-21-140 MX-21-160 MX-23-160 MX-23-810

FIRE AND EMERGENCY

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require
that the application of products be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals.

Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines
and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
13 PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702

FIRE AND EMERGENCY

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™1 2/Unl/P&L
1 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P
14 Transit Bus Vehicles
Airport Shuttle
City Bus
Commuter Coach
Shuttle Bus
Transit Bus Trolley
Transit Bus Typically Is:

Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
FH-946 FH-9411 MFS-12-155 MFS-13-155
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake2 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 2 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-21-160
MC-14002 MC-16003 FH-946
Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
MC-26000 71063 79063
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-450 MGX-451 MGX-538

TRANSIT BUS

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require
that the application of products be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals.

Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines
and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
15 Industrial and Off-Highway Service Vehicles
Load-On/Load-Off
Port Tractor
Rail Yard Spotter
Roll-On/Roll-Off
Stevedoring Tractor
Trailer Spotter
Yard Jockey
All and Rough
Terrain Cranes
Forestry
Material Handling
Specialized Heavy
Haul
Excavator
Compactor
Fertilizer Spreader
Snow Blower
Mining and
Specialized Mining
Rail Car Mover
Loader
Tow Tractor
Pushback Tractor
Industrial and Off-Highway Service Typically Is:

Low mileage operation
Low speed vehicle speed restriction
Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
FS-25
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-402
MGX-423
MGX-450
MGX-451
MGX-466
MGX-479
MGX-538
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
1 2/Unl/P for LO/LO Terminal Tractor applications
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P
MT-14X1
RS-23-186
RS-23-380
RS-24-160
RS-30-185
RS-30-380
RT-1451
RT-1601

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

RPL MXL
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
FAT 30
Brake Components
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
17 Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Cummins-Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Cummins-Meritor with suspension and interface brackets designed and/or attached by non- Cummins-Meritor parties, Cummins-Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles1
Linehaul – King Pin Bushings 1yr/Unl P&L
All Other Vocations – King Pin Bushings Excluded
1 King Pin Bushing wear excluded for all vocations.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Cummins-Meritor representative for specific details.

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Cummins-Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Cummins- Meritor, then Cummins-Meritor does not warrant pinion seals.

Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Cummins-Meritor breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Terms and Conditions
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner or the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component.

Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Cummins-Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Cummins-Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required
To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Cummins-Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Cummins-Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Cummins-Meritor directly. Failure to notify Cummins- Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Cummins- Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Cummins-Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/ or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage or vocation from that which was originally approved by Cummins-Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity) or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Cummins-Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply.
(5) Remedy
The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Cummins-Meritor’s option. Cummins-Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Cummins-Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies
In no event shall Cummins-Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service
If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Cummins-Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Cummins-Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Cummins-Meritor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Cummins-Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Cummins-Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement
This is the entire agreement between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Cummins-Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Cummins-Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.
cummins.com
SP-95155
Bulletin 6451105 Produced in U.S.A. Rev. 1/24
©2024 Meritor, Inc.
)LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components.
2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&LTrailer Lift Axle Control Valve
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)
3 Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L
Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
2/Unl/PAir Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
2/Unl/PElectric Brake Locks
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
2/Unl/PElectrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV)
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
2/Unl/PHydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB- 1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P .

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as
a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component d ue to internal cont amination of t he vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.

WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner
must
also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’
s warranty requires that the application of
products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity),
or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF
for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF.

About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021
ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) monthsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of delivery.Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during th e
warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship
Pierce 12V LED Strip Light
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Ten (10) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS

Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following te rms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

Page 1 of 2 ends

Salinas City CouncilMay 7, 2024

Salinas City Council
May 7, 2024